UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________
FORM 8-K
__________________

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
__________________

Date of report (Date of earliest event reported): November 21, 2013
  AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________
 
 
 
 
 
Maryland
 
001-35899
 
45-4941882
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
 
(Commission file number)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
7047 East Greenway Parkway, Suite 350
Scottsdale, AZ 85254
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

(480) 474-4800
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable
(Former name or former address, if changed from last report)
__________________

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
¨
Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
¨
Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
¨
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
¨
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 





Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
Indenture
On November 27, 2013, American Residential OP, L.P. (the “Operating Partnership”), the operating partnership of American Residential Properties, Inc. (the “Company”), issued and sold $115 million aggregate principal amount of the Operating Partnership’s 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”), including $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued pursuant to the option granted to the initial purchasers to purchase additional Notes to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Option”), which was exercised in full on November 22, 2013. The terms of the Notes are governed by an indenture, dated as of November 27, 2013 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Operating Partnership, as issuer, the Company, as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.
The Notes, including the guarantee, and the shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), issuable in certain circumstances upon exchange of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Operating Partnership offered and sold the Notes to the initial purchasers of the Notes (the “Initial Purchasers”) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Initial Purchasers then sold the Notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
This summary of the Indenture is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the Indenture, including the form of the Notes and the guarantee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to this Current Report Form 8-K, which is hereby incorporated by reference into this Item 1.01. See Item 2.03 below for additional information.
Registration Rights Agreement
On November 27, 2013, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes, the Operating Partnership and the Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed that it will:
file a shelf registration statement (which shall be an automatic shelf registration statement if the Company is then a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) covering resales of the Common Stock, if any, issuable upon exchange of the Notes, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective on or prior to the 245th day after the original date of issuance of the Notes; and
use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective to and including the earlier of:
the 20th trading day immediately following the maturity date of November 15, 2018 (subject to extension in certain circumstances); and
the date on which there are no longer outstanding any Notes or “restricted” shares (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes.

If the Company does not meet these deadlines then, subject to certain exceptions, additional interest will accrue on the Notes to be paid semi-annually in arrears at a rate per year equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of Notes to and including the 90th day following such registration default and 0.50% of the principal amount thereafter, for the period during which the registration default is not cured. However, if there exists a registration default with respect to shares of Common Stock on the maturity date for the Notes, in addition to any additional interest otherwise payable, the Operating Partnership will make a cash payment to each holder of Notes of an amount equal to 3% of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding and held by such holder as of the close of business on the third scheduled trading day immediately prior to the maturity date of the Notes. Notes which have been exchanged on or after August 15, 2018 and prior to the close of business on such third scheduled trading day will be considered to be outstanding for purposes of the cash payment.

This summary of the Registration Rights Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the Registration Rights Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report Form 8-K, which is hereby incorporated by reference into this Item 1.01.
Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.
On November 27, 2013, the Operating Partnership issued $115,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes. The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Operating Partnership and rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the Operating Partnership. Interest is payable in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2014, until the maturity date of November 15, 2018. The Operating Partnership’s obligations under the Notes are



fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.
The Notes bear interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum and contain an exchange settlement feature, which provides that the Notes may, under certain circumstances, be exchangeable for cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, at the option of the Operating Partnership, based on an initial exchange rate of 46.9423 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment of the exchange rate under certain circumstances. At the initial exchange rate, the Notes are exchangeable for Common Stock at an exchange price of approximately $21.30 per share of Common Stock, representing an approximately 22.5% premium over the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on November 21, 2013, which was $17.39 per share.
Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding August 15, 2018, the Notes will be exchangeable at the option of the holders only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter beginning after December 31, 2013 (and only during such quarter) if the closing sale price per share of the Common Stock is more than 130% of the then-current exchange price for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter; (2) during the five consecutive business-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price per share of the Common Stock multiplied by the then-current exchange rate; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions described in the Indenture. On or after August 15, 2018, the Notes will be exchangeable at any time prior to the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date. Subject to its election to satisfy its exchange obligations entirely in shares of Common Stock, upon exchange, the Operating Partnership will pay or deliver, as the case may be, to exchanging holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of notes being exchanged a settlement amount either solely in cash, solely in shares or in a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock.
The number of shares of Common Stock holders of Notes will receive upon exchange may be subject to an “exchange share cap” unless and until the Company obtains stockholder approval to issue more than 19.99% of the Common Stock outstanding at the time the Notes were issued (the “aggregate share cap”) upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The exchange share cap is equivalent to the pro rata portion of the aggregate share cap represented by the notes to be exchanged. Holders of the Notes will not have the right to receive more than 55.9206 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, as adjusted for share splits and combinations, upon an exchange of the Notes. If the delivery of shares of Common Stock upon exchange of the Notes is subject to the exchange share cap, unless and until such stockholder approval is obtained, the Operating Partnership will be deemed to have elected “combination settlement” with a specified dollar amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes of at least $1,000 for all Notes submitted for exchange, which means the Operating Partnership will be obligated to settle its exchange obligation by paying up to the specified dollar amount with respect to such Notes in cash and delivering shares of Common Stock for any exchange value in excess of such specified dollar amount (subject to the exchange share cap). The Company will not have any obligation to seek stockholder approval to issue shares of Common Stock in excess of these limitations. However, if any delivery of shares of Common Stock owed to a holder upon exchange of notes is not made, in whole or in part, as a result of the limitations described above, the Operating Partnership’s obligation to make such delivery will persist, and the Operating Partnership will deliver such shares to such holder as promptly as practicable following the earlier of the date on which the issuance of shares of Common Stock in excess of the limitations described above is approved by the Company’s stockholders or the aggregate share cap is no longer required under the listing standards of the NYSE.
The Operating Partnership may not redeem the Notes prior to their maturity date.
The holders of the Notes have the right to require the Operating Partnership to repurchase the Notes in cash in whole or in part in the event of a designated event for a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus unpaid interest, if any, accrued to, but excluding, the repurchase date. The holders of the Notes who exchange their Notes in connection with a designated event of the type described in the first two bullets of the definition of designated event, as described below, may be entitled to a make-whole premium in the form of an increase in the exchange rate.
A “designated event” will be deemed to have occurred at the time that any of the following occurs:
any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not applicable), other than the Company, the Operating Partnership or any other majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, files a Schedule 13D or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s common equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s common equity;
the consummation of (x) any consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or reclassification or similar transaction between the Company and another person (other than its subsidiaries), in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock shall be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a transaction (i) that results in the holders of all classes of the Company’s common equity immediately prior to such transaction owning, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transaction, more than 50% of the surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such event or (ii) effected solely to change the Company’s jurisdiction of formation or to form a holding company for the



Company and that results in a share exchange or reclassification or similar exchange of the outstanding Common Stock solely into common stock of the surviving entity or (y) any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to another person (other than any of the Company’s subsidiaries);
the directors who either are members of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) on November 21, 2013 or who become a member of the Board subsequent to that date and whose election, appointment or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on the Board at the time of such approval, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Company on behalf of the entire Board in which such individual is named as nominee for director cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
the Company’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (other than as described in the second bullet in this list);
the Common Stock (or other common stock underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed on the NYSE, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors); or
the Company (or any successor thereto permitted pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) ceases to be, either directly or indirectly through one or more of its subsidiaries, the general partner of the Operating Partnership or ceases to control the Operating Partnership.

Certain events are considered “Events of Default,” which may result in the accelerated maturity of the Notes, including:
default in the payment of any interest on the Notes when such interest becomes due and payable, that continues for a period of 30 days;
default in the payment of the principal of the Notes, or any repurchase price due with respect to the Notes, when due and payable;
failure by the Operating Partnership or the Company to satisfy their obligations upon an exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture;
failure to by the Operating Partnership to provide timely notice in connection with a designated event;
failure to comply with obligations relating to a merger, consolidation or sale;
failure to provide notice of the specified corporate transactions pursuant to which the Notes will be exchangeable prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding August 15, 2018;
default in the performance, or breach, of any of the Operating Partnership’s or the Company’s other covenants or warranties in the Indenture with respect to the Notes and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice;
default under any bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, the Operating Partnership or by any subsidiary the repayment of which the Company or the Operating Partnership have guaranteed or for which the Company or Operating Partnership are directly responsible or liable as obligor or guarantor, having an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $10,000,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without such indebtedness having been discharged, or such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, within the period specified in such instrument;
a final judgment for the payment of $10,000,000 or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance) rendered against the Operating Partnership, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after (1) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (2) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished; or
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, or court appointment of a receiver, liquidator or trustee for the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their respective significant subsidiaries (within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act) or the Company or the Operating Partnership.
Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.
The information set forth under Item 2.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to the Notes, the Company’s guarantee of the Notes and the exchange of the Notes for Common Stock is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 8.01 Other Events.
On November 21, 2013, the Company and the Operating Partnership, entered into a purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the Initial Purchasers, under which the Operating Partnership agreed to sell, and the Initial Purchasers severally agreed to purchase, $115 million aggregate principal amount of its Notes, including the Notes purchased pursuant to the exercise in



full of the Over-Allotment Option, which was exercised in full on November 22, 2013, in a private offering exempt from registration in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Purchase Agreement contemplates the resale by the Initial Purchasers of the Notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (the “Offering”). The closing of the Offering, including the Over-Allotment Option, occurred on November 27, 2013. The Operating Partnership received net proceeds from the Offering of approximately $111.1 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and other related expenses. Net proceeds from the Offering will be used to reduce amounts outstanding under the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility.
This summary of the Purchase Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Current Report Form 8-K, which is hereby incorporated by reference into this Item 8.01.
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(d) Exhibits.
Exhibit No.
 
Description
1.1
 
Purchase Agreement, dated November 21, 2013, among American Residential OP, L.P. and American Residential Properties, Inc., on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, on the other hand, for themselves and the initial purchasers named therein.
 
 
 
4.1
 
Indenture, dated November 27, 2013, among American Residential OP, L.P., as issuer, American Residential Properties, Inc., as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
 
 
 
4.2
 
Form of Global Note representing the Operating Partnership’s 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
 
 
 
10.1
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 27, 2013, among American Residential OP, L.P. and American Residential Properties, Inc., on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, on the other hand, for themselves and the initial purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.




SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
November 27, 2013
 
By:
 
/s/ Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Name: Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer



EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
 
Description
1.1
 
Purchase Agreement, dated November 21, 2013, among American Residential OP, L.P. and American Residential Properties, Inc., on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, on the other hand, for themselves and the initial purchasers named therein.
 
 
 
4.1
 
Indenture, dated November 27, 2013, among American Residential OP, L.P., as issuer, American Residential Properties, Inc., as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
 
 
 
4.2
 
Form of Global Note representing the Operating Partnership’s 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
 
 
 
10.1
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 27, 2013, among American Residential OP, L.P. and American Residential Properties, Inc., on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, on the other hand, for themselves and the initial purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.













Exhibit 1.1


Execution Copy

$100,000,000


American Residential Properties OP, L.P.
3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes Due 2018
Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by
American Residential Properties, Inc.









PURCHASE AGREEMENT
November 21, 2013






November 21, 2013
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, NY 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:
American Residential Properties OP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”) and an indirect, majority-owned subsidiary of American Residential Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) $100,000,000 principal amount of the Operating Partnership’s 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes Due 2018 (the “ Firm Securities ”) to be issued pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture dated as of November 27, 2013 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Operating Partnership, the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Operating Partnership also proposes to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers not more than an additional $15,000,000 principal amount of its 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes Due 2018 (the “ Additional Securities ”) if and to the extent that you, as managers (the “ Managers ”) of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, the right to purchase such 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes Due 2018 granted to the Initial Purchasers in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Securities and the Additional Securities are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Securities. ” The Securities will be exchangeable for shares (the “ Underlying Securities ”) of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Company Common Stock ”).
The sale of the Securities and the Underlying Securities to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirement under the Securities Act. The Initial Purchasers have advised the Operating Partnership and the Company that each Initial Purchaser will offer and sell the Securities purchased by it hereunder to qualified institutional buyers in compliance with the resale exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder in accordance with the terms hereof as soon as such Initial Purchaser deems advisable.
The Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees will be entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement dated the date hereof among the Operating Partnership, the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

1




In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Operating Partnership and the Company (i) have prepared a preliminary offering memorandum, dated November 20, 2013 (the “ Preliminary Memorandum ”) and (ii) will prepare a final offering memorandum (the “ Final Memorandum ”) including a description of the terms of the Securities, the Guarantees (as defined below) and the Underlying Securities, the terms of the offering and a description of the Operating Partnership and the Company, each for use by the Initial Purchasers in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Applicable Time ” means 8:00 a.m. New York City time on November 22, 2013, or such other date and time as the Company and the Managers may agree, “ Additional Written Offering Communication ” means any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities other than the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, and “ Time of Sale Memorandum ” means the Preliminary Memorandum together with the Pricing Supplement (as defined below) and any other Additional Written Offering Communication delivered by the Company to the Initial Purchasers prior to the Applicable Time, each identified in Schedule II hereto.
1. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Operating Partnership and the Company, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Initial Purchasers that:
(a)    As of the date hereof and as of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Memorandum does not, and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section ‎4), the Time of Sale Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the Preliminary Memorandum does not contain and the Final Memorandum, in the form used by the Initial Purchasers to confirm sales and on the Closing Date, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum or the Final Memorandum based upon information relating to any Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through you expressly for use therein (that information being limited to that described in the last sentence of Section 9(b) hereof).
(b)    Except for the Additional Written Offering Communications, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto and electronic road shows, if any, furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any Additional Written Offering Communication.
(c)    The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, has the corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Preliminary

2
    




Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture, the guarantees endorsed on the Securities (the “ Guarantees ”) and the Registration Rights Agreement and, as the sole member of American Residential GP, LLC, the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, to cause the Operating Partnership to enter into and perform the Operating Partnership’s obligations under this Agreement, the Securities, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Operating Partnership (each, a “ Subsidiary ,” and together, the “ Subsidiaries ”), taken as a whole.
(d)    Each Subsidiary has been duly formed, is validly existing as a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized, and has the power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Company is and on the Closing Date will be the sole member of American Residential GP, LLC, the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. The Operating Partnership has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Securities, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. As of the date hereof, the Operating Partnership and American Residential Leasing, LLC are, and as of the Closing Date will be, the only subsidiaries of the Company that meet the definition of a “significant subsidiary” (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X).
(e)    This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Operating Partnership.
(f)    As of the date thereof or indicated therein, and on the Closing Date, the Company had and will have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum under “Capitalization,” and the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to the issuance of the Securities to be sold by the Operating Partnership pursuant to this Agreement have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms to the description thereof contained in each of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.
(g)    The Securities have been duly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial

3
    




Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be valid and legally binding obligations of the Operating Partnership, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability, and the holders thereof will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.
(h)    The Guarantees have been duly authorized and when the Securities are executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Guarantees will be valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.
(i)    Each of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and is a valid and legally binding agreement of, the Company and the Operating Partnership, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability and except as rights to indemnification and contribution under the Registration Rights Agreement may be limited under applicable law.
(j)    Upon issuance and delivery of the Securities, the Securities will be exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof into shares of the Underlying Securities. The Underlying Securities issuable upon exchange of the Securities have been duly authorized and reserved and, when issued upon exchange of the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities, will be validly issued, fully paid and non assessable, and the issuance of the Underlying Securities will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
(k)    All of the outstanding partnership interests of the Operating Partnership have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, all outstanding partnership interests of the Operating Partnership are owned by the Company directly, free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances or other restrictions of any kind. Except as set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, there are no outstanding options, warrants, or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligations into or exchange any securities or membership interests of the Operating Partnership. The units of partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (“ OP Units ”) to be issued to the Company upon any exchange of the Securities for the Underlying Securities, have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Operating Partnership to the Company, and at the time of their issuance will be validly issued and fully paid. None of the OP Units will be issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any security holder of the Operating Partnership or any

4
    




other person or entity. Except as set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, there will be no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligations into or exchange any securities or interests for, OP Units or other ownership interests of the Operating Partnership.
(l)    All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of each Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, all outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of the Subsidiaries other than the Operating Partnership are owned by the Company either directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries that are wholly owned, free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances or other restrictions of any kind. Except as set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, there are no outstanding options, warrants, or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligations into or exchange any securities or interests for capital stock or other ownership interests of any Subsidiary other than the Operating Partnership.
(m)    The Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, dated as of May 11, 2012, as amended to date, has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the general partner of the Operating Partnership and is a valid and legally binding agreement of the general partner of the Operating Partnership, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(n)    Except pursuant to the terms of the indebtedness described in or contemplated by Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, (i) the Company is not currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from making any distributions to its stockholders and (ii) no Subsidiary is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends or distributions to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock or equity interests, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary.
(o)    Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other organizational document, as amended or supplemented, (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries (the “ Properties ”) or any other assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject (collectively, “ Agreements and

5
    




Instruments ”), or (iii) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or the Properties or any of their respective other assets or operations, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such defaults or violations that would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The execution and delivery by the Company and the Operating Partnership of, and the performance by the Company and the Operating Partnership of their respective obligations under, this Agreement, the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will not (i) contravene any provision of applicable law or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) result in the violation of the organizational documents of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or (iii) result in a breach or violation of any Agreements and Instrument binding upon the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such defaults or violations that would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company or the Operating Partnership of its obligations under this Agreement, the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, except (A) such as already have been obtained, or will have been obtained by the Closing Date under the Securities Act, (B) such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities, and (C) such as may be required by Federal and state securities laws with respect to the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. Except as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, the execution and delivery by the Company and the Operating Partnership of, and the performance by the Company and the Operating Partnership of their respective obligations under, this Agreement, the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will not constitute a Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Properties or any other assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole). As used herein, a “ Repayment Event ” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.
(p)    There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, business prospects or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.

6
    




(q)    There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Operating Partnership, threatened to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the Properties is subject other than proceedings that are accurately described in all material respects in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum and proceedings that would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company and the Operating Partnership to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.
(r)    Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(s)    None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is, and immediately after giving effect to the sale of the Securities in accordance with this Agreement and the application of the proceeds as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum under the caption “Use of Proceeds” will be required to be, registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
(t)    Neither the Company nor any affiliate (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, an “ Affiliate ”) of the Company has directly, or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities and the Guarantees in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities or the Guarantees or (ii) offered, solicited offers to buy or sold the Securities or the Guarantees by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
(u)    It is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantees to the Initial Purchasers and the offer, resale and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantees by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, to register the Securities or the Guarantees under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
(v)    The Securities and the Guarantees satisfy the requirements set forth in Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

7
    




(w)    The Company and the Subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(x)    In the ordinary course of its business, the Company conducts periodic reviews of the effect of the Environmental Laws on its and the Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, operations and properties, in the course of which the Company identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities.
(y)    There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) and there are no notices of potential liability or claims pending or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating Partnership, threatened against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of the Properties concerning Environmental Laws, which would, singly or in the aggregate be reasonably likely to, have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating Partnership, any other person has contaminated or caused conditions that threaten to contaminate any of the Properties with Hazardous Materials (as defined below); none of the Properties is included on or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating Partnership, is proposed for inclusion on the National Priorities List pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §. 9601 et   seq. , or any similar list or inventory of contaminated properties. As used herein, “ Hazardous Material ” shall mean any hazardous material, hazardous waste, hazardous substance, hazardous constituent, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminant, asbestos, petroleum, petroleum waste, radioactive material, biohazardous material, explosive or any other material, the presence of which in the environment is prohibited, regulated, or serves as the basis of liability, as defined, listed, or regulated by any applicable federal, state, or local environmental law, ordinance, rule, or regulation.
(z)    Except as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or the Operating Partnership and any person granting such person the right to require the Company or the Operating Partnership to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership or

8
    




to require the Company or the Operating Partnership to include such securities in any registration statement to be filed in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement.
(aa)    Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has sold or issued, or offered or agreed to sell or issue, any securities that would be integrated with the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or the interpretations thereof by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”).
(bb)    Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries, directors or officers, nor, to the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s knowledge, any affiliate, employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of the Subsidiaries or the Company’s affiliates, has taken any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to improperly influence official action or secure an illegal advantage; and the Company and the Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws (including, without limitation, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977) and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.
(cc)    The operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times since their respective dates of inception in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and the Subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating Partnership, threatened.
(dd)    (i)     Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:
(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations

9
    




Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or any other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”); or
(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
(ii) The Company and the Operating Partnership will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds from the sale and issuance of the Securities to be sold by the Operating Partnership pursuant to this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:
(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or
(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as purchaser, advisor, investor or otherwise).
(iii) Since inception in March 2012, the Company and the Subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.
(ee)    Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum: (i) the Company and the Subsidiaries have not incurred or agreed to incur any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and the Subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, respectively.
(ff)    (i) The Company or any of the Subsidiaries has good and marketable fee or leasehold title to the Properties, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind, other than those that (A) are described in the in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum (including in descriptions of the Company’s secured revolving credit facility), or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the fair market value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; (ii) except as disclosed in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, neither the Company nor any of the

10
    




Subsidiaries owns any real property other than the Properties; (iii) each of the ground leases and subleases to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party relating to a Property, if any, material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, are in full force and effect, with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such Property by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, and (A) no default or event of default has occurred under any ground lease or sublease to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party with respect to such Property and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of any event which, whether with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under any such ground lease or sublease and (B) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries under any such ground lease or sublease; and (iv) except as (A) described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum or (B) as would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating Partnership, no lessee of any of the Properties is in default under any of the leases relating to any Properties and neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership knows of any event which, whether with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a material default under any such lease.
(gg)    Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership knows of any violation of any municipal, state, federal or homeowners’ association law, rule or regulation concerning any real property owned in fee interest or leasehold interest by the Company or the Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; the Company has disclosed in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum all options and rights of first refusal to purchase all or part of any Property or any interest therein; each of the Properties complies in all material respects with all applicable zoning laws, ordinances, regulations and deed restrictions or other covenants and, if and to the extent there is a failure to comply, such failure does not materially impair the value of any of the Properties and will not result in a material forfeiture or reversion of title; neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received from any governmental authority any written notice of any condemnation of or zoning change materially adversely affecting the Properties, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries knows of any such condemnation or zoning change which is threatened, and, in each case, which if consummated would have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all liens, charges, encumbrances, claims, or restrictions on or affecting the properties and assets (including the Properties) of the Company and any of the Subsidiaries that are required to be described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum or the Final Memorandum are disclosed therein.
(hh)    Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is party to any material joint venture agreements.

11
    




(ii)    Except as disclosed in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, there are no mortgages encumbering the Properties and any mortgages are not and will not be: (i) convertible (in the absence of foreclosure) into an equity interest in the entity owning such Property or in the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; (ii) cross-defaulted to any indebtedness other than indebtedness of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; or (iii) cross-collateralized to any property or assets not owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.
(jj)    To the knowledge of the Company, water, stormwater, sanitary sewer, electricity and telephone service are all available at the property lines of each Property over duly dedicated streets or perpetual easements of record benefiting the applicable Property.
(kk)    There are no material contracts, agreements, arrangements or understandings with respect to the direct or indirect acquisition or disposition by the Company or the Operating Partnership of interests in assets or real property that are required to be described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum or the Final Memorandum that are not already so described.
(ll)    Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has sent, received or otherwise become aware of any communication regarding termination of, or intent not to renew any material contracts or agreements with any tenant, and no such termination or non-renewal has been threatened by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to any such contract or agreement that in each case would have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(mm)The Company and the Subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names that are material to the operation of the business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(nn)    No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating Partnership, is imminent.
(oo)    The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; the Company and the Subsidiaries have not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company and the Subsidiaries

12
    




have no reason to believe that they will not be able to renew their existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue their business at a cost that would not, taken as a whole, be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.
(pp)    Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries carries or is entitled to the benefits of title insurance on the fee interests and/or leasehold interests (in the case of a ground lease interest) with respect to each Property with financially sound and reputable insurers, in an amount not less than such entity’s cost for the real property comprising such Property, insuring that such party is vested with good and insurable fee or leasehold title, as the case may be, to each such Property.
(qq)    The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all certificates, licenses, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, license, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.
(rr)    The consolidated financial statements included in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Company and the Subsidiaries at the dates indicated, and the consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“ U.S. GAAP ”) as applied in the United States and on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto; said financial statements have been prepared on a consistent basis with the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries. The supporting schedules included in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum present fairly in accordance with U.S. GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The summary financial data set forth under the captions “Summary—Summary Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Capitalization” in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum fairly present, on the basis stated in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, the information included therein. The financial statements of the properties acquired or proposed to be acquired, if any, included in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein, have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP and otherwise have been prepared in accordance with the applicable financial

13
    




statement requirements of Rule 3-05 or Rule 3-14, as applicable, of Regulation S-X. Other than the historical financial statements (and schedules) included in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, no other historical or pro forma financial statements (or schedules) are required to be included therein. All disclosures contained in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, in each case to the extent applicable.
(ss)    The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions of the Company and the Subsidiaries are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions of the Company and the Subsidiaries are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
(tt)    The Company is in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the date of this Agreement.
(uu)    Commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2012, the Company has been organized and has operated in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a real estate investment trust (a “ REIT ”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and its proposed method of operation will enable it to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code. All statements regarding the Company’s qualification and taxation as a REIT and descriptions of the Company’s organization and proposed method of operation (inasmuch as they relate to the Company’s qualification and taxation as a REIT) set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum are true, complete and correct summaries of the legal or tax matters described therein in all materials respects.

14
    




(vv)    The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except, in each case, where the failure to file such tax returns or pay such taxes would not have a material adverse effect or except as such taxes are currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no proposed tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or the Subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect.
(ww)Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”). No “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which either the Company or the Operating Partnership would have any material liability. Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has incurred or expects to incur material liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 403, 431, 432 or 4971 of the Code. Each “pension plan” for which either the Company or the Operating Partnership would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred thereunder, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(xx)    Any statistical and market-related data included in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.
(yy)    Except as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Company Common Stock and the Operating Partnership has not sold, issued or distributed any partnership interests during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

15
    




(zz)    From March 30, 2012 through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).
(aaa)Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has (a) engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication or (b) authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.
(bbb)Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has taken, directly or indirectly, any action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act in connection with the distribution of the Securities contemplated hereby.
(ccc)Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has issued any securities to which a rating is accorded by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act. The Securities do not and will not have a rating accorded to them by any such nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
2.     Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, the Operating Partnership hereby agrees to sell to the several Initial Purchasers the Firm Securities as provided in this Agreement, the Company agrees to guarantee the Firm Securities as provided in the Indenture and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Operating Partnership the respective principal amount of Firm Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at a purchase price of 97.00% of the principal amount thereof (the “ Purchase Price ”).
On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Operating Partnership agrees to sell to the Initial Purchasers the Additional Securities, the Company agrees to guarantee the Additional Securities as provided in the Indenture and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to $15,000,000 principal amount of Additional Securities at the Purchase Price plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of payment and delivery. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Initial Purchasers in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the principal amount of Additional Securities to be purchased by the Initial Purchasers and the date on which such Additional Securities are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Securities nor later than five full business days after the date of such notice. Additional Securities may be purchased as provided in Section 4 solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Firm Securities. On each day, if any, that Additional Securities are to be purchased (an

16
    




Option Closing Date ”), each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the principal amount of Additional Securities (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional Securities as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total principal amount of Additional Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the principal amount of Firm Securities set forth in Schedule I opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser bears to the total principal amount of Firm Securities.
3.     Terms of Offering . You have advised the Company and the Operating Partnership that the Initial Purchasers propose to make an offering of their respective portions of the Securities as soon practicable after this Agreement is entered into as in your judgment is advisable.
4.     Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Securities shall be made to the Operating Partnership in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Securities for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on November 27, 2013, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than three business days after the date referenced earlier in this sentence, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”
Payment for any Additional Securities shall be made to the Operating Partnership in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Securities for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Option Closing Date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other Option Closing Date, in any event not later than five business days after the date on which the option granted to the Initial Purchasers under Section 2 above expires, as shall be designated in writing by you.
The Securities shall be delivered in the form of one or more permanent global notes in definitive form, deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. Interests in any permanent global securities will be held only in book-entry form through DTC, except in the limited circumstances described in the Time of Sale Memorandum. The Securities shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of payment and delivery.
5.     Conditions to the Initial Purchasers’ Obligations . The several obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the Closing Date are subject to the following conditions:
(a)    Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a

17
    




prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, business prospects or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Memorandum that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Memorandum.
(b)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of each of the Company and the Operating Partnership, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 5(a) above have been met and that the representations and warranties of the Company and the Operating Partnership contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that each of the Company and the Operating Partnership have complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.
The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.
(c)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and disclosure letter of Hunton & Williams LLP, outside counsel for the Company and the Operating Partnership, dated the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto and an opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP as to certain tax matters substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto. The opinions and disclosure letter of Hunton & Williams LLP described in Exhibits A-1 and A-2, respectively, shall be rendered to the Initial Purchasers at the request of the Company and the Operating Partnership and shall so state therein. In giving the opinion included in Exhibit A-1 hereto, Hunton & Williams LLP may rely, as to all matters governed by Maryland law, upon the opinion of Venable LLP referred to in Section 5(d) below.
(d)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Venable LLP, Maryland counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The opinion of Venable LLP described in Exhibit B shall be rendered to the Initial Purchasers at the request of the Company and shall so state therein.
(e)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, with respect to litigation matters.
(f)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Sidley Austin LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, dated the Closing Date, in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by Maryland law, upon the opinion of Venable LLP referred to in Section 5(d) above.
(g)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and

18
    




substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information relating to the Company and the Phoenix Fund contained in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.
(h)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers.
(i)    The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, between you and the parties identified on Exhibit C-1 hereto relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Company Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
(j)    The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement that shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and the Operating Partnership.
(k)    The Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through DTC.
(l)    An application for the listing of the Underlying Securities shall have been submitted to the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”).
(m)    Such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of each of the Company and the Operating Partnership, the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance of the Securities and the Guarantees to be sold on the Closing Date and other matters related to the execution, authentication and issuance of the Securities and the Guarantees.
(n)    The several obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase Additional Securities hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:
(i)    a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of each of the Company and the Operating Partnership, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;
(ii)    an opinion and disclosure letter of Hunton & Williams LLP, outside counsel for the Company and the Operating Partnership, dated the Option Closing Date,

19
    




relating to the Additional Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof;
(iii)    an opinion of Venable LLP, Maryland counsel to the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof;
(iv)    a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;
(v)    an opinion of Sidley Austin LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(f) hereof;
(vi)    a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date; and
(vii)    such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of each of the Company and the Operating Partnership, the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance of the Additional Securities and the related Guarantees to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the execution, authentication and issuance of the Additional Securities and the related Guarantees.
6.     Covenants of the Company . Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership covenants with each Initial Purchaser as follows:
(a)    To furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(d) or (e), as many copies of the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Final Memorandum, and any supplements and amendments thereto as you may reasonably request.
(b)    Before amending or supplementing the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to use any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object.

20
    




(c)    To furnish to you a copy of each proposed Additional Written Offering Communication to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company or the Operating Partnership and not to use or refer to any proposed Additional Written Offering Communication to which you reasonably object.
(d)    If the Time of Sale Memorandum is being used to solicit offers to buy the Securities at a time when the Final Memorandum is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Memorandum in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Memorandum to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare and furnish, at its own expense, to the Initial Purchasers and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Memorandum so that the statements in the Time of Sale Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
(e)    If, during such period after the date hereof and prior to the date on which all of the Securities shall have been sold by the Initial Purchasers, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare and furnish, at its own expense, to the Initial Purchasers, either amendments or supplements to the Final Memorandum so that the statements in the Final Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Final Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
(f)    To use its reasonable best efforts to qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided, however , that neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership shall be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
(g)    The Company will use its best efforts to continue to meet the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code for each of its taxable years, unless the Company’s board of directors determines it is no longer in the Company’s and its stockholders’ best interests to do so.
(h)    To promptly notify the Managers if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the

21
    




Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 6.
(i)    Neither the Company nor any Affiliate will sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner which would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities.
(j)    Not to solicit any offer to buy or offer or sell the Securities or the Underlying Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
(k)    While any of the Securities remain “restricted securities” within the meaning of the Securities Act, to make available, upon request, to any seller of such Securities the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Operating Partnership is then subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(l)    During the period of two years after the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, if later, neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership will be, nor will either become, an open-end investment company, unit investment trust or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act.
(m)    During the period of one year after the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, if later, the Operating Partnership will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to resell any of the Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them.
(n)    Not to take any action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act in connection with the distribution of the Securities contemplated hereby.
(o)    The Company will reserve and keep available at all times, free of preemptive rights or similar rights, shares of Company Common Stock for the purpose of enabling the Operating Partnership to satisfy all obligations to deliver the Underlying Securities upon exchange of the Securities. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Underlying Securities to be listed on the NYSE. The Operating Partnership will reserve and keep available at all times, free of preemptive rights or similar rights, OP Units for the purpose of being issued to the Company upon any exchange of the Securities for the Underlying Securities.
(p)    The Company and the Operating Partnership will assist the Initial Purchasers in arranging for the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through DTC.

22
    




(q)    The Operating Partnership and the Company will prepare a final term sheet (the “ Pricing Supplement ”) with respect to certain terms of the Securities, in the form approved by the Representatives and attached to Schedule II hereto.
Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Managers on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, it will not, during the period ending 90 days after the date of the Final Memorandum (the “ Restricted Period ”) (a) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Common Stock or any debt securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) or any securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Company Common Stock or any debt securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership, (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Company Common Stock or any debt securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Company Common Stock, any debt securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Company Common Stock, any debt securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Common Stock any debt securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership.
The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Securities to be sold hereunder and the delivery of shares of Company Common Stock in exchange therefor, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Company Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, (c) the issuance by the Company of up to the number of shares representing 10% of the total number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (or options, warrants, or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Company Common Stock) in connection with bona fide mergers or acquisitions, joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, provided that the acquirer of any such shares of Company Common Stock (or options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Company Common Stock) so issued enters into an agreement in the form of Exhibit C hereto with respect to such shares of Company Common Stock (or options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Company Common Stock) for the remainder of the 90-day Restricted Period, (d) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Company Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Company Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, (e) the filing of any registration statement in respect of the shares of Company Common Stock

23
    




deliverable upon exchange of the Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or the issuance of any related prospectus or any amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus, and (f) the issuance by the Operating Partnership of common units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership as consideration for any acquisition by the Operating Partnership of real property in the ordinary course of its business, provided, however, that not more than an aggregate of 10% of the outstanding common units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership as of the Closing Date may be issued during the Restricted Period in such acquisition or acquisitions and any recipient of such common units shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, and (g) the grant of restricted stock, options, long term incentive plan units or other securities pursuant to an equity incentive plan as described in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.
7.     Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, each of the Company and the Operating Partnership agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s counsel, the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s accountants in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Final Memorandum, any Additional Written Offering Communication prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company or the Operating Partnership and any amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the delivering of copies thereof to the Initial Purchasers, in the quantities hereinabove specified; (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon; (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum which shall not exceed $10,000; (iv) any fees charged by rating agencies for the rating of the Securities; (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the (x) admission of the Securities for trading on any appropriate market system, (y) the approval of the Securities for book-entry transfer by DTC, and (z) listing of the Underlying Securities on the NYSE; (vi) the cost of preparation, issuance, delivery and printing of certificates representing the Securities; (vii) the costs and charges of the Trustee, any transfer agent, registrar or depositary with respect to the Securities and the Underlying Securities; (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the

24
    




prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show with the prior approval of the Company; (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, the Underlying Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; (x) all expenses in connection with any offer and sale of the Securities outside of the United States, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with offers and sales outside of the United States; and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as expressly provided in this Section, Section 9 and the last paragraph of Section 11 below, the Initial Purchasers will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Securities by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
8.     Offering of Securities; Restrictions on Transfer . (a) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that such Initial Purchaser is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “QIB”). Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Operating Partnership and the Company that it (and any person acting on its behalf): (i) will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, such Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act; (ii) will solicit offers for such Securities only from, and will offer such Securities only to, persons that it reasonably believes to be QIBs; and (iii) has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that each purchaser of the Securities is aware that the Securities are being offered and sold in reliance upon the representations and warranties deemed to have been made by such purchaser as provided in the Time of Sale Memorandum under the caption “Important Notice to Readers.”
(b)    Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants, and agrees with respect to offers and sales outside the United States that:
(i)    such Initial Purchaser understands that no action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by the Company as the Operating Partnership that would permit a public offering of the Securities or the Guarantees, or possession or distribution of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or any other offering or publicity material relating to the Securities or the Guarantees, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required;
(ii)    such Initial Purchaser will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it acquires, offers, sells or delivers Securities or the Guarantees or has in its possession or distributes the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale

25
    




Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or any such other material, in all cases at its own expense;
(iii)    the Securities and the Guarantees have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Rule 144A or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;
(iv)    such Initial Purchaser, in relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “ Relevant Member State ”), has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of the Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State, other than:
(A)        to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
(B)        to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Managers on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for any such offer; or
(C)        in any other circumstances falling within Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive,
provided that no such offer of Securities shall require the Company or any Initial Purchaser to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer of the Securities to the public” in relation to any Securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the Securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU;
(v)    such Initial Purchaser has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) received by it in

26
    




connection with the issue or sale of the Securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and
(vi)    such Initial Purchaser understands that the Securities and the Guarantees have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan, and represents that it has not offered or sold, and agrees not to offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Securities or the Guarantees in Japan or for the account of any resident thereof except pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and otherwise in compliance with applicable provisions of Japanese law.
(c)    Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership agrees that the Initial Purchasers may provide copies of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Final Memorandum and any other agreements or documents relating thereto, including without limitation, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to Xtract Research LLC (“Xtract”), following completion of the offering, for inclusion in an online research service sponsored by Xtract, access to which shall be restricted by Xtract to QIBs.
Each Initial Purchaser understands that the Operating Partnership and the Company and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to you pursuant to Section 5 hereof, counsel to the Operating Partnership and the Company and counsel to you will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and warranties and you hereby consent to such reliance.
9.     Indemnity and Contribution.
(a)    Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, each person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Additional Written Offering Communication prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company or the Operating Partnership, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “ road show ”), or the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through you

27
    




expressly for use therein (that information being limited to that described in the last sentence of Section 9(b) hereof). Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership agrees and confirms that references to “affiliates” of Morgan Stanley that appear in this Agreement shall be understood to include Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.
(b)    Each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers, the Operating Partnership, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Operating Partnership to such Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through you expressly for use in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum, any Additional Written Offering Communication prepared by or on behalf of, used by or referred to by the Company, road show, or the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto, such information being limited to the following: the seventh paragraph under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in each of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.
(c)    In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9 (a) or 9(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (2) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Initial Purchasers and all persons, if any, who control any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers, the Operating Partnership and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Initial Purchasers and such control persons and affiliates of any Initial Purchasers, such firm

28
    




shall be designated in writing by the Managers. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected by any indemnified party without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (A) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (B) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d)    To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Operating Partnership on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Securities (before deducting expenses) received by the Operating Partnership and the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers bear to the aggregate offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the Company and the Operating Partnership on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Operating Partnership or by the Initial Purchasers

29
    




and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Initial Purchasers’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.
(e)    The Company, the Operating Partnership and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Initial Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities resold by it in the initial placement of such Securities were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages that such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
(f)    The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Operating Partnership contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser, any person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any affiliate of any Initial Purchaser, or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Securities.
10.     Termination . The Initial Purchasers may terminate this Agreement by notice given by Morgan Stanley to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the NYSE or the NASDAQ Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed

30
    




with the offer, sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum or the Final Memorandum.
11.     Effectiveness; Defaulting Initial Purchasers . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Initial Purchasers shall fail or refuse to purchase Securities that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate principal amount of Securities which such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities to be purchased on such date, the other Initial Purchasers shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the principal amount of Firm Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate principal amount of Firm Securities set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Initial Purchasers, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Securities which such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the principal amount of Securities that any Initial Purchaser has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such principal amount of Securities without the written consent of such Initial Purchaser. If, on the Closing Date, any Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Securities which it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date and the aggregate principal amount of Firm Securities with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of Firm Securities to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Operating Partnership for the purchase of such Firm Securities are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser, the Company or the Operating Partnership. In any such case either you or the Company and the Operating Partnership shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Securities and the aggregate principal amount of Additional Securities with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of Additional Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Securities to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the principal amount of Additional Securities that such non-defaulting Initial Purchasers would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser from liability in respect of any default of such Initial Purchaser under this Agreement.

31
    




If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Initial Purchasers, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company or the Operating Partnership to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company or the Operating Partnership shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company and the Operating Partnership will reimburse the Initial Purchasers or such Initial Purchasers as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Initial Purchasers in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.
12.     Research Analyst Independence. Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership acknowledges that the Initial Purchasers’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Initial Purchasers’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company, the Operating Partnership and/or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership acknowledges that each of the Initial Purchasers is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
13.     Entire Agreement .
(a)    This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Securities, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Operating Partnership, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, with respect to the preparation of the Preliminary Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Securities.
(b)    The Company and the Operating Partnership acknowledge that in connection with the offering of the Securities: (i) the Initial Purchasers have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company, the Operating Partnership or any other person; (ii) the Initial Purchasers owe the Company and the Operating Partnership only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any; and (iii) the Initial Purchasers may have interests that differ from those of the Company and the Operating Partnership. The Company and the Operating Partnership waive to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims they may have against the Initial Purchasers arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Securities.

32
    




14.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
15.     Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law or conflicting provision or rule (whether of the State of New York, or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York to be applied.
16.     Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Initial Purchasers shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Convertible Debt Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, Facsimile:  (646) 855 3073, Attention:  Syndicate Department, with a copy to: Facsimile:  (212) 230-8730, Attention:  ECM Legal, and if to the Company or the Operating Partnership shall be delivered, mailed or sent to American Residential Properties, Inc., 7047 East Greenway Parkway, Suite 350, Scottsdale, Arizona 85254, Attention: Stephen G. Schmitz, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (facsimile: (480) 264-2943), with a copy to Shant Koumriqian, Chief Financial Officer, at the same address and facsimile number.


33
    




 
 
Very truly yours,

American Residential Properties, Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ Stephen G. Schmitz
 
 
 
 
Name: Stephen G. Schmitz
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
American Residential Properties OP, L.P.
 
 
By:
American Residential GP, LLC, its general partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stephen G. Schmitz
 
 
 
 
Name: Stephen G. Schmitz
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer







34
    





Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto.
 
By:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
 
By:
/s/ Russ Lindberg
 
 
Name: Russ Lindberg
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
 
By:
/s/ Greg Wright
 
 
Name: Greg Wright
 
 
Title: Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


35
    




SCHEDULE I

Initial Purchaser
Principal Amount of Firm Securities To Be Purchased
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
$40,000,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
$30,000,000
Barclays Capital Inc.
$12,000,000
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
$10,000,000
Jefferies LLC
$8,000,000
Total:
$100,000,000





I-1
    




SCHEDULE II
Time of Sale Memorandum

1.
Preliminary Memorandum issued November 20, 2013
2.
Pricing term sheet (attached)

II-1




PRICING TERM SHEET
Dated November 21, 2013
American Residential Properties OP, L.P.
3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018
Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by
American Residential Properties, Inc.

The information in this pricing term sheet supplements the preliminary offering memorandum, dated November 20, 2013 (the “Preliminary Offering Memorandum”), and supersedes the information in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum to the extent inconsistent with the information in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum. In all other respects, this term sheet is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum. Terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings as set forth in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.

Issuer:
American Residential Properties OP, L.P. (the “Issuer”)

Title of Securities:
3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018

Guarantee:
The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by American Residential Properties, Inc. (“ARP”).
Aggregate Principal
Amount of Notes Offered:
$100,000,000

Offering Price:
The notes will be issued at a price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest, if any, from November 27, 2013.
Initial Purchasers’ Option to
Purchase Additional Notes to
Cover Over-Allotments:
$15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of notes

Interest Rate:
The notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 3.25% per annum from November 27, 2013.

Interest Payment Dates:
May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2014

Maturity Date:
November 15, 2018, unless earlier repurchased or exchanged

NYSE Closing Price of
ARP Common Stock
on November 21, 2013:
$17.39 per share

Exchange Premium:
Approximately 22.5% above the NYSE closing sale price of ARP common stock on November 21, 2013

Initial Exchange Price:
Approximately $21.30 per share of ARP common stock

Initial Exchange Rate:
46.9423 shares of ARP common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes

Trade Date:
November 22, 2013

Settlement Date:
November 27, 2013

Joint Bookrunners:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.

    




Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Jefferies LLC

CUSIP Number:
02927F AA0

ISIN:
US02927FAA03
Use of Proceeds:
The Issuer expects that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $96.6 million, or approximately $111.1 million if the initial purchasers exercise their over-allotment option in full, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and estimated expenses. The Issuer will use these net proceeds to reduce amounts outstanding under its senior secured revolving credit facility. Prior to the full deployment of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, the Issuer may invest the undeployed net proceeds in interest-bearing, short-term, investment-grade securities or money market accounts that are consistent with ARP’s intention to continue to qualify as a REIT. The Issuer expects that these initial investments will provide a lower net return than it expects to receive from the investments described above. See “Plan of Distribution—Other Relationships” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum
Adjustment to Exchange Rate upon
a Make-Whole Fundamental Change:
The following table below sets forth the number of additional shares by which the exchange rate per $1,000 principal amount of notes will be increased for a holder that exchanges its notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change as described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum for each stock price and effective date set forth below:


 
 
17.39
 
19.50
 
21.30
 
22.50
 
25.00
 
30.00
 
35.00
 
40.00
 
50.00
 
60.00
 
70.00
 
80.00
 
90.00
11/27/2013
 
10.5620

 
9.0353

 
7.3845

 
6.5630

 
5.3303

 
3.9351

 
3.1700

 
2.6672

 
2.0880

 
1.5802

 
1.2753

 
1.0470

 
0.8698

11/15/2014
 
10.5620

 
8.1468

 
6.4363

 
5.6108

 
4.4206

 
3.1733

 
2.5416

 
2.1389

 
1.6141

 
1.2715

 
1.0272

 
0.8441

 
0.7017

11/15/2015
 
10.5620

 
7.1830

 
5.3717

 
4.5334

 
3.3877

 
2.3253

 
1.8509

 
1.5595

 
1.1789

 
0.9286

 
0.7501

 
0.6161

 
0.5120

11/15/2016
 
10.5620

 
6.1582

 
4.1776

 
3.3081

 
2.2264

 
1.4127

 
1.1213

 
0.9478

 
0.7164

 
0.5629

 
0.4533

 
0.3711

 
0.3071

11/15/2017
 
10.5620

 
5.0581

 
2.7335

 
1.8131

 
0.8723

 
0.4506

 
0.3607

 
0.3042

 
0.2259

 
0.1736

 
0.1363

 
0.1083

 
0.0866

11/15/2018
 
10.5620

 
4.3398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


The exact stock price and effective date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

if the stock price is between two stock price amounts in the table or the effective date is between two dates in the table, the additional shares will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the number of additional shares set forth for the next higher and next lower stock price amounts and the earlier and later effective dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;
if the stock price is greater than $90.00 per share of ARP common stock (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the exchange rate as set forth under “Description of Notes—Exchange Rights—Exchange Rate Adjustments” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum), no additional shares will be issued upon exchange; and
if the stock price is less than $17.39 per share of ARP common stock (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the exchange rate as set forth under “Description of Notes—Exchange Rights—Exchange Rate Adjustments” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum), no additional shares will be issued upon exchange.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the total number of shares of ARP common stock issuable upon exchange exceed 57.5043 per $1,000 principal amount of notes, subject to adjustment as described under

    




“Description of Notes—Exchange Rights—Exchange Rate Adjustments” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and subject further to the provisions of the notes relating to the exchange share cap.


Exchange Share Cap:
The number of shares of ARP common stock holders receive upon exchange may be subject to an “exchange share cap” unless and until ARP obtains stockholder approval to issue more than 19.99% of its common stock outstanding at the time the notes are initially issued upon exchange of the notes in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The exchange share cap is equivalent to the pro rata portion of such 19.99% limit represented by the notes to be exchanged. If the initial purchasers exercise their over-allotment option in full, holders will not have the right to receive more than 55.9206 shares of ARP common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes upon an exchange of the notes, as adjusted for share splits and combinations. If the initial purchasers do not exercise any portion of their over-allotment option, the number of shares of ARP common stock deliverable upon exchange will not be subject to the exchange share cap. If the delivery of shares of ARP common stock upon exchange of the notes is subject to the exchange share cap, unless and until such stockholder approval is obtained, the Issuer will be deemed to have elected “combination settlement” with a specified dollar amount per $1,000 principal amount of notes of at least $1,000 for all notes submitted for exchange, which means the Issuer will be obligated to settle its exchange obligation by paying up to the specified dollar amount with respect to such notes in cash and delivering shares of ARP common stock for any exchange value in excess of such specified dollar amount. See “Description of the Notes—Exchange Rights—Exchange Settlement” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.
General

This communication is intended for the sole use of the person to whom it is provided by the sender.

This communication shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy securities nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state in which such solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification of these securities under the laws of any such state.

The notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws. Accordingly, the notes are being offered and sold only to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. The notes are not transferable except in accordance with the restrictions described under “Transfer Restrictions” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum. In accordance with those restrictions, the notes will not be transferrable in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act for so long as they remain outstanding.

ANY DISCLAIMERS OR OTHER NOTICES THAT MAY APPEAR BELOW ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS COMMUNICATION AND SHOULD BE DISREGARDED. SUCH DISCLAIMERS OR OTHER NOTICES WERE AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED AS A RESULT OF THIS COMMUNICATION BEING SENT VIA BLOOMBERG OR ANOTHER EMAIL SYSTEM.



    



Exhibit 4.1


_____________

AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P., as Issuer
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC., as Guarantor
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

_____________
INDENTURE
Dated as of
November 27, 2013
_____________

3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018

_____________









TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.
Definitions
1

ARTICLE 2
ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION
Section 2.01.
Designation Amount and Issue of Notes
12

Section 2.02.
Form of Notes
12

Section 2.03.
Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest
13

Section 2.04.
Execution of Notes
14

Section 2.05.
Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer
15

Section 2.06.
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes
19

Section 2.07.
Temporary Notes
20

Section 2.08.
Cancellation of Notes
21

Section 2.09.
CUSIP Numbers
21

ARTICLE 3
REPURCHASE OF NOTES; NO REDEMPTION
Section 3.01.
No Redemption of Notes
21

Section 3.02.
Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change
21

Section 3.03.
Issuer Repurchase Notice
23

Section 3.04.
Effect of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice; Withdrawal
24

Section 3.05.
Deposit of Repurchase Price
25

Section 3.06.
Notes Repurchased in Part
26

Section 3.07.
Repayment to the Issuer
26


ARTICLE 4
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR

Section 4.01.
Payment of Principal and Interest
26

Section 4.02.
Maintenance of Office or Agency
26

Section 4.03.
Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office
27

Section 4.04.
Provisions as to Paying Agent
27

Section 4.05.
Existence
28

Section 4.06.
Rule 144A Information Requirement
28

Section 4.07.
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
28

Section 4.08.
Compliance Certificate
28

Section 4.09.
Supplementary Interest Notice
29

Section 4.10.
Covenant Regarding Aggregate Share Cap
29



i



Section 4.11.
Reservation of Shares, Shares to Be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock
29

Section 4.12.
Covenant as to the Maturity Date During a Registration Default
30

ARTICLE 5
NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY
THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE
Section 5.01.
Noteholders’ Lists
30

Section 5.02.
Preservation and Disclosure of Lists
30

Section 5.03.
Reports by Trustee
30

Section 5.04.
Reports by Issuer
31

ARTICLE 6
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES
Section 6.01.
Events of Default
31

Section 6.02.
Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor
34

Section 6.03.
Application of Monies Collected by Trustee
35

Section 6.04.
Proceedings by Noteholders
36

Section 6.05.
Proceedings by Trustee
37

Section 6.06.
Remedies Cumulative and Continuing
37

Section 6.07.
Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Noteholders
37

Section 6.08.
Undertaking to Pay Costs
38

ARTICLE 7
THE TRUSTEE
Section 7.01.
Notice of Defaults
38

Section 7.02.
Certain Rights of Trustee
38

Section 7.03.
Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes
40

Section 7.04.
May Hold Notes and Common Stock
41

Section 7.05.
Money Held in Trust
41

Section 7.06.
Compensation and Reimbursement
41

Section 7.07.
Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility; Conflicting Interests
42

Section 7.08.
Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
42

Section 7.09.
Acceptance of Appointment By Successor
43

Section 7.10.
Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
44

Section 7.11.
Appointment of Authenticating Agent
44

Section 7.12.
Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee
46

ARTICLE 8
THE NOTEHOLDERS

ii




Section 8.01.
Action by Noteholders
47

Section 8.02.
Proof of Execution by Noteholders
47

Section 8.03.
Absolute Owners
48

Section 8.04.
Issuer-Owned Notes Disregarded
48

Section 8.05.
Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound
48


ARTICLE 9
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.01.
Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders
49

Section 9.02.
Supplemental Indenture With Consent of Noteholders
50

Section 9.03.
Effect of Supplemental Indenture
51

Section 9.04.
Notation on Notes
51

Section 9.05.
Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished to Trustee
52

ARTICLE 10
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
Section 10.01.
Issuer May Consolidate on Certain Terms
52

Section 10.02.
Issuer Successor to Be Substituted
52

Section 10.03.
Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms
53

Section 10.04.
Guarantor Successor to Be Substituted
53

ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
Section 11.01.
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
54

Section 11.02.
Application of Trust Funds
54

Section 11.03.
Return of Unclaimed Monies
55

Section 11.04.
Reinstatement
55

ARTICLE 12
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Section 12.01.
Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations
55

ARTICLE 13
EXCHANGE OF NOTES
Section 13.01.
Right to Exchange
56

Section 13.02.
Exchange Procedures; Settlement Upon Exchange
59

Section 13.03.
Adjustment of Exchange Rate
63

Section 13.04.
Exchange Rate Adjustment After Make-Whole Fundamental Change
72

Section 13.05.
Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale
74

Section 13.06.
Ownership Limit and Withholding
75

Section 13.07.
Calculations in Respect of Notes
76


iii




ARTICLE 14
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES
Section 14.01.
Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called
76

Section 14.02.
Call, Notice and Place of Meetings
76

Section 14.03.
Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings
77

Section 14.04.
Quorum; Action
77

Section 14.05.
Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings
78

Section 14.06.
Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings
79


ARTICLE 15
GUARANTEE
Section 15.01.
Guarantee
79

Section 15.02.
Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
80

Section 15.03.
Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events
81

Section 15.04.
Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Guarantor
81

ARTICLE 16
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 16.01.
Provisions Binding on Issuer’s and Guarantor’s Successors
82

Section 16.02.
Official Acts by Successor Corporation
82

Section 16.03.
Addresses for Notices, etc
82

Section 16.04.
Governing Law
83

Section 16.05.
Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent, Certificates to Trustee
83

Section 16.06.
Legal Holidays
83

Section 16.07.
Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
84

Section 16.08.
No Security Interest Created
84

Section 16.09.
Benefits of Indenture
84

Section 16.10.
Table of Contents, Headings, etc
84

Section 16.11.
Execution in Counterparts
84

Section 16.12.
Severability
84

 
 
 
Exhibit A- Form of Note
A-1



iv




INDENTURE
INDENTURE dated as of November 27, 2013 among American Residential Properties OP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (hereinafter called the “ Issuer ”), American Residential Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantor ” or, in its capacity as sole member of the general partner of the Issuer, the “ General Partner ”), each having its principal office at 7047 East Greenway Parkway, Suite 350, Scottsdale, Arizona 85254, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee hereunder.
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Issuer’s 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 guaranteed by the Guarantor.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.     Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined below) or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (as defined below) (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this Indenture. The words “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereunder ” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.
Additional Interest ” has the meaning specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).
Additional Notes ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
Additional Shares ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(a).
Adjustment Cap ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(f)(ii).
Adjustment Floor ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(f)(iii).
Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Aggregate Share Cap ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.01(c).

1




Agent Members ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(v).
Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
Benefited Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.01.
“Bid Solicitation Agent means the Person appointed by the Issuer to solicit bids for the Trading Price of the Notes in accordance with Section 13.01(b)(ii). The Trustee shall initially act as the Bid Solicitation Agent. .
Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the General Partner or a committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.
“Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
Business Day ” means, with respect to any Note, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed.
Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock and, with respect to partnerships, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, such partnership.
Cash Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.02(b).
Charter ” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Guarantor, as amended to date.
Clause A Distribution ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(c).
Clause B Distribution ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(c).
Clause C Distribution ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(c).
Close of Business ” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.
Closing Sale Price ” of the Common Stock on any Trading Day means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and closing ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such day as reported in composite transactions for the principal United States securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. In the absence of such a quotation, the

2




“Closing Sale Price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms retained by the Issuer for this purpose, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers. The Closing Sale Price will be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Combination Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.02(b).
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Guarantor as they exist on the date of this Indenture or any other shares of Capital Stock of the Guarantor into which the Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed or, in the event of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Guarantor that is otherwise permitted hereunder in which the Guarantor is not the surviving corporation, the common stock, common equity interests, ordinary shares or depositary shares or other certificates representing common equity interests of such surviving corporation or its direct or indirect parent corporation.
Common Stock Legend ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
Continuing Director ” means a director who either was a member of the Board of Directors on the date of the Offering Memorandum or who becomes a member of the Board of Directors subsequent to that date and whose election, appointment or nomination for election by the Guarantor’s stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on the Board of Directors at the time of such approval, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Guarantor on behalf of the entire Board of Directors in which such individual is named as nominee for director.
Corporate Trust Office ” or other similar term, means the designated office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business as it relates to this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 101 North First Avenue, Suite 1600, Phoenix, Arizona 85003, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer.
CUSIP ” means the Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures.
Custodian ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
Daily Exchange Value ” for any Trading Day in the applicable Exchange Period equals 2.5% of: (1) the Exchange Rate in effect on that Trading Day,  multiplied by (2) the VWAP of the Common Stock on that Trading Day.

3




Daily Measurement Value ” means the quotient of the Specified Dollar Amount divided by 40.
Daily Settlement Amount ” for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, for each of the 40 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Exchange Period, shall consist of:
(1)
cash equal to the lesser of (a) the Daily Measurement Value and (b) the Daily Exchange Value; and
(2)
to the extent the Daily Exchange Value exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (a) the difference between the Daily Exchange Value and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (b) the VWAP of the Common Stock on such Trading Day.
default ” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.
Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03.
Depositary ” means the clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as the depositary for the Global Notes. DTC shall be the initial Depositary, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “ Depositary ” shall mean or include such successor.
DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.
Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(b).
Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(a).
“Ex-Dividend Date ” means the first date on which the Common Stock trades on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the applicable issuance, dividend or distribution.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
Exchange Agent ” means the exchange agent appointed by the Issuer to act as set forth in Article 13, which, initially, shall be the Trustee.
Exchange Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.02(a).
Exchange Obligation ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.01(a).
Exchange Period ” means the 40 consecutive Trading Day period:
(1)
with respect to Exchange Notices received on or after August 15, 2018, beginning on, and including, the 42nd Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and

4




(2)
in all other cases, beginning on, and including, the third Trading Day following the Issuer’s receipt of the relevant Exchange Notice.
Exchange Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.02(a).
Exchange Price ” means, on any date of determination, $1,000, divided by the Exchange Rate as of such date.
Exchange Rate shall initially be 46.9423 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 13.
Exchange Share Cap ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.01(c).
Expiration Time ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.03(e).
Fundamental Change ” means the occurrence at any time after the Notes are originally issued of any of the following events:
(1)    any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Issuer, the Guarantor or one of the Guarantor’s other majority-owned subsidiaries, files a Schedule 13D or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Guarantor’s common equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Guarantor’s common equity;
(2)    the consummation of (x) any consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or reclassification or similar transaction between the Guarantor and another person (other than its subsidiaries), in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock shall be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a transaction (i) that results in the holders of all classes of the Guarantor’s common equity immediately prior to such transaction owning, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transaction, more than 50% of the surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such event or (ii) effected solely to change the Guarantor’s jurisdiction of formation or to form a holding company for the Guarantor and that results in a share exchange or reclassification or similar exchange of the outstanding Common Stock solely into common stock of the surviving entity or (y) any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the Guarantor’s assets and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to another person (other than any of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries);
(3)    “Continuing Directors” cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors;
(4)    the Guarantor’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Guarantor (other than in a transaction described in clause (2) above);

5




(5)    the Common Stock ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors); or
(6)    the Guarantor (or any successor thereto permitted pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) ceases to be, either directly or indirectly through one or more of its subsidiaries, the Issuer’s general partner or ceases to control the Issuer;
provided, however , that in the case of a transaction or event described in clause (1) or (2) above, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by holders of the Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares) in the transaction or transactions that would otherwise constitute a “Fundamental Change” consists of common stock or common equity interests that are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or that will be so traded when issued or exchanged in connection with the transaction that would otherwise constitute a Fundamental Change under clause (1) or (2) of the definition thereof (such common stock or common equity interests, “ Publicly Traded Securities ”), and as a result of such transaction or transactions, the Notes become exchangeable for such Publicly Traded Securities, excluding cash payments for fractional shares, such transaction or event shall not be a Fundamental Change.
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(a).
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(c).
General Partner ” means the corporation named as the “ General Partner ” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10, shall include its successors and assigns.
Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.
Guarantee ” means the full and unconditional guarantee provided by the Guarantor in respect of the Notes as made applicable to the Notes in accordance with the provisions of Article 15 hereof.
Guarantee Obligations ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.01.
Guarantor ” means the corporation named as the “ Guarantor ” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10, shall include its successors and assigns.
Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(c).
Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.
Initial Notes ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

6




Initial Purchasers ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jefferies LLC.
Interest ” means, when used with reference to the Notes, any interest payable in respect of the Notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to Interest on, or in respect of, any Note in this Indenture shall be deemed to include (x) Supplementary Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and/or additional interest is or would be payable pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of this Indenture and (y) the amounts payable if any pursuant to Section 4.12 should the Maturity Date for the Notes occur during a period when there exists a Registration Default. Unless the context otherwise requires, any express mention of Supplementary Interest in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding Supplementary Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.
Interest Payment Date ” means (x) with respect to any payment of Interest other than Defaulted Interest, each May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2014 and (y) with respect to any payment of Defaulted Interest, the date specified for such payment by the Issuer.
Issuer ” means the limited partnership named as the “ Issuer ” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 10, shall include its successors and assigns.
Issuer Request ” and “ Issuer Order ” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by the General Partner by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the General Partner, and delivered to the Trustee.
Issuer Repurchase Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b).
Issuer Repurchase Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(a).
Make-Whole Fundamental Change ” means any event that (i) is a Fundamental Change or (ii) would be a Fundamental Change, but for the exclusion in section (i) of clause (2) of the definition thereof.
Market Disruption Event ” means (i) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.
Maturity Date ” means November 15, 2018.
Merger Event ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.05(a).

7




Note ” or “ Notes ” means any of the Issuer’s 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Global Note.
Note Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).
Note Registrar ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).
Noteholder ” or “ Holder ” as applied to any Note, or other similar terms (but excluding the term “ beneficial holder ”), means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Registrar’s books.
“Offering Memorandum ” means the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s offering memorandum dated November 21, 2013 relating to the Notes.
Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, one of the Vice Presidents, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner.
Officers’ Certificate ,” when used with respect to the Issuer, means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner, and delivered to the Trustee.
Open of Business ” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.
Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Issuer or who may be an employee of or other counsel for the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee.
outstanding ,” when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
(a)    Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
(b)    Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment (repurchase pursuant to Article 3) money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes;
(c)    Notes, which shall have been discharged in accordance with Article 11;
(d)    Notes exchanged pursuant to Article 13 hereof, on and after their Exchange Date; and

8




(e)    Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which are identified as being so owned on the Note Registrar shall be so disregarded. Notes owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor. In case of a dispute as to such right, the advice of counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee in accordance with such advice.
Paying Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08.
Person ” means any corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability company, an individual, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.
Physical Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.02(b).
Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces.
Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, all capital stock issued by such Person that are entitled to a preference or priority over any other capital stock issued by such Person with respect to any distribution of such Person’s assets, whether by dividend or upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
“Preliminary Offering Memorandum ” means the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s preliminary offering memorandum dated November 20, 2013, as supplemented by the related pricing term sheet dated November 21, 2013, relating to the Notes.
Record Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03.
Reference Property ” has the meaning provided in Section 13.05(a) hereof.
Registration Default ” has the meaning specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.

9




Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 27, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Reporting Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(b).
Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also means, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Restricted Notes Legend ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
Restricted Securities ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.
Scheduled Trading Day ” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the primary United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
Settlement Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.02(b).
Settlement Method ” means, with respect to any exchange of Notes, Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, as elected (or deemed to have been elected) by the Issuer.
Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is a “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Article I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Issuer.
Specified Dollar Amount ” means the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged to be received upon exchange as specified in the notice specifying the chosen Settlement Method.
Stated Maturity ,” when used with respect to any Note or any installment of principal thereof or Interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of principal or Interest is due and payable.
Stock Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.04(b).

10




Subsidiary ” means a Person (other than an individual), a majority of the outstanding voting stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interest, as the case may be, of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or the Guarantor or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, trustees or managers, as the case may be, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
Supplementary Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c).
Supplementary Interest Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.09.
Trading Day ” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or admitted for trading, and (ii) a closing sale price for the Common Stock (or such other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) is available on such securities exchange; provided  that, for purposes of determining amounts due under Section 13.02(b), “Trading Day” means a day on which (x) there is no Market Disruption Event and (y) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.
Trading Price ” per $1,000 principal amount of Notes on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers the Issuer selects, provided  that if at least three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent, but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent, that one bid shall be used. If the Bid Solicitation Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then, the Trading Price of the Notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the applicable Exchange Rate.
transfer ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
Trust Indenture Act ” or TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; provided that, in the case of a supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Indenture, “Trust

11




Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of such supplemental indenture.
Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee hereunder.
Units ” means the limited partnership units of the Issuer.
VWAP ” or “ volume-weighted average price ” per share of the Common Stock on any Trading Day means such price as displayed on Bloomberg (or any successor service) page ARPI <EQUITY> AQR in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day; or, if such price is not available, the volume-weighted average price means the market value per share of Common Stock on such day as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm, which may be one of the Initial Purchasers, retained for this purpose by the Issuer. The “volume-weighted average price” or “VWAP” will be determined without regard to after hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

ARTICLE 2
ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION
AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES
 
Section 2.01.     Designation Amount and Issue of Notes. The Notes shall be designated as “ 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018. ” Upon the execution of this Indenture, and from time to time thereafter, Notes may be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver Notes upon a written order of the Issuer, such order signed by one Officer, without any further action by the Issuer hereunder.
The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited; provided that upon initial issuance, the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding shall not exceed $115,000,000, except as provided in Section 2.06. The Issuer may, without the consent of the Holders of Notes, issue additional Notes (the “ Additional Notes ”) from time to time in the future with the same terms and the same CUSIP number as the Notes originally issued under this Indenture (the “ Initial Notes ”) in an unlimited principal amount, provided that such Additional Notes shall be part of the same issue as and fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes. The Initial Notes and any such Additional Notes shall constitute a single series of debt securities, and in circumstances in which this Indenture provides for the Holders of Notes to vote or take any action, the Holders of Initial Notes and the Holders of any such Additional Notes will vote or take that action as a single class.
Section 2.02.     Form of Notes. The Notes, the Guarantee and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The terms and provisions contained in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable,

12




the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends, endorsements or changes as the officers executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required by the Custodian or the Depositary or as may be required for the Notes to be tradable on any market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed, or to conform to usage, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.
So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, or unless otherwise required by law, or otherwise contemplated by Section 2.05(b), all of the Notes will be represented by one or more Notes in global form registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary (a “ Global Note ”). The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in any such Global Note shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of the Depositary. Except as provided in Section 2.05(b), beneficial owners of a Global Note shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and will not be considered Holders of such Global Note.
Any Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect repurchases, exchanges, or transfers permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal of and Interest on any Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note.
Section 2.03.     Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest. The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear Interest from the date specified on the face of the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the Close of Business on any Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the Interest payable on such Interest Payment Date, subject to the provisions of Section 13.02(a) relating to any Note or portion thereof surrendered for exchange during the period from the Close of Business on the Record Date for any Interest Payment Date to the Close of Business on the applicable Interest Payment Date. Interest on any Global Note

13




shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. Payment of the principal of Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be made at the office or agency designated by the Issuer for such purpose. Interest on Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be paid (i) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes and (ii) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each Holder or, upon application by a Holder to the Registrar not later than the relevant Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Registrar to the contrary.
If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue thereon. The term “ Record Date ” with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall mean the May 1 or November 1 preceding the applicable May 15 or November 15 Interest Payment Date, respectively.
Any Interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any May 15 or November 15 (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Noteholder registered as such on the relevant Record Date, and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:
(a)    The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the Close of Business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than 20 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Issuer shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed payment. At least 15 calendar days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice stating the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid to each such Holder.
(b)    The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
Section 2.04.    Execution of Notes. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Issuer by the manual or facsimile signature of an Officer. Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 7.11), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Issuer shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
In case any Officer who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Issuer, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer, and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the proper Officers, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer.





14




Section 2.05.     Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer. (a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Note Register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being exchanged into written form within a reasonably prompt period of time. The Trustee is hereby appointed “ Note Registrar ” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars in accordance with Section 4.02.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.
Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.
All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

15




All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or repurchase shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer, and the Notes shall be duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made to any Holder for any registration of, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes.
(b)    The following provisions shall apply only to Global Notes:
(i)    Each Global Note authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or Custodian therefor, and each such Global Note shall constitute a single Note for all purposes of this Indenture.
(ii)    Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Notes registered, and no transfer of a Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof unless (1) the Depositary (x) has notified the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary has not been appointed by the Issuer within 90 calendar days, or (2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Any Global Note exchanged pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part. Any Note issued in exchange for a Global Note or any portion thereof shall be a Global Note; provided that any such Note so issued that is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof shall not be a Global Note.
(iii)    Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note or any portion thereof pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be issued in definitive, fully registered form, without Interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Note or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear any legends required hereunder. Any Global Note to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Note Registrar. With regard to any Global Note to be exchanged in part, either such Global Note shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Trustee is acting as Custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Note, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced, by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery the Note issuable on such exchange to or upon the written order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof.

16




(iv)    In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (ii) above, the Issuer will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form, without Interest coupons.
(v)    Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
(vi)    At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been repurchased, exchanged, or canceled for Notes in certificated form, such Global Note shall, upon receipt thereof, be canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is repurchased, exchanged, or canceled for Notes in certificated form, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.
(c)    Every Note (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (the “ Restricted Notes Legend ”), and any Common Stock that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the Common Stock legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (the “ Common Stock Legend ”) (collectively, the “ Restricted Securities ”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including those set forth in the legends below) unless such restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Issuer, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.05(c), the term “ transfer ” means any sale, pledge, loan, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security or any interest therein.
Until the Maturity Date for the Notes, every certificate evidencing the Notes shall bear a Restricted Notes Legend in substantially the following form unless otherwise determined by the Issuer in writing, with written notice thereof to the Trustee:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER, AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC. OR A SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER; OR (B) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A ADOPTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, ALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A (IF AVAILABLE).







17





Until the date that is the later of (1) the date that is one year after the date of issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exchange of a Note, or such other period of time as permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto, and (2) such later date, if any, as may be required by applicable laws, any stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock issued upon exchange of such Note shall bear legends referring to the restrictions on ownership and transfer set forth in the Charter and a Common Stock Legend in substantially the following form unless such Common Stock has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared or become effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar provision then in force, or unless otherwise determined by the Issuer in writing, with written notice thereof to the Trustee:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER AGREES (1) THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR A SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER; (B) UNDER A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; (C) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A ADOPTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, ALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A (IF AVAILABLE); OR (D) UNDER ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (2) THAT IT WILL, PRIOR TO ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, FURNISH TO THE TRANSFER AGENT AND AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
Any such shares of Common Stock as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to which the conditions for removal of the Common Stock Legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the Common Stock Legend required by this Section 2.05(c).
(d)    By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture and as permitted by applicable law.
(e)    Any Restricted Securities purchased or owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may not be resold by the Issuer or such Affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction which results in such Notes or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being “restricted securities” (as defined under Rule 144).
(f)    The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Agent Member or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Noteholders and all payments to be made to Noteholders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Noteholders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the customary procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Agent Members.




18




The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members in any Global Indenture) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
Section 2.06.     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer in its discretion may execute, and upon its written request the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, a new Note, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case, the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.























19




Following receipt by the Trustee or such authenticating agent, as the case may be, of satisfactory security or indemnity and evidence, as described in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and make available for delivery such Note. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Note which has matured or is about to mature or has been properly tendered for repurchase on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (and not withdrawn) or is to be exchanged pursuant to this Indenture, shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or exchange or authorize the exchange of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or exchange shall furnish to the Issuer, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or in connection with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Exchange Agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.
Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment or exchange or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment or exchange or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.
Section 2.07.     Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Notes in certificated form, the Issuer may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Notes in certificated form, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Issuer. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the

20




Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Notes in certificated form. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Notes in certificated form and thereupon any or all temporary Notes may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes in certificated form. Such exchange shall be made by the Issuer at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Notes in certificated form authenticated and delivered hereunder.
Section 2.08.     Cancellation of Notes. All Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment, repurchase, exchange or registration of transfer shall, if surrendered to the Issuer or any paying agent to whom Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”) or Exchange Agent, which shall initially be the Trustee, or any Note Registrar, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it and no Notes shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of such canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a repurchase or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.09.     CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in all notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

ARTICLE 3
REPURCHASE OF NOTES; NO REDEMPTION

Section 3.01.     No Redemption of Notes. The Notes shall not be redeemable by the Issuer prior to the Maturity Date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.
Section 3.02.     Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change. (a) If there shall occur a Fundamental Change at any time prior to the Maturity Date, then each Noteholder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Issuer to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion thereof that is a multiple of $1,000 principal amount, in cash, on a date (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Date ”) specified by the Issuer, which shall be no earlier than 15 calendar days and no later than 35 calendar days after the date of the Issuer Repurchase Notice related to such Fundamental Change, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; provided , however , that if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid Interest, if any, on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the Close of Business on the corresponding Record Date, and the repurchase price will be 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased.









21




(b)    Following the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Issuer shall, within 10 calendar days after the effective date thereof, give or cause to be given to all Holders of record on the date of the Fundamental Change (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law) an Issuer Repurchase Notice as set forth in Section 3.03 with respect to such Fundamental Change. The Issuer shall also deliver a copy of the Issuer Repurchase Notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent at such time as it is given to Noteholders. In addition to the giving of such Issuer Repurchase Notice, the Issuer shall disseminate a press release through Dow Jones & Company, Inc. or Bloomberg Business News announcing the occurrence of such Fundamental Change or publish such information in The Wall Street Journal or another newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or on the Guarantor’s website, or through such other public medium as the Issuer shall deem appropriate at such time.
No failure of the Issuer to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Noteholders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.02.
(c)    For a Note to be repurchased at the option of the Holder pursuant to this Section 3.02(c), the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, (i) a written notice of repurchase (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice ”) in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note duly completed (if the Note is certificated) or stating the following (if the Note is represented by a Global Note): (A) the certificate number of the Note that the Holder will deliver to be repurchased (if the Note is certificated) or that the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice complies with the appropriate Depositary procedures (if the Note is represented by a Global Note), (B) the portion of the principal amount of the Note which the Holder will deliver to be repurchased, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 ( provided that the remaining principal amount of Notes not subject to repurchase must be in an authorized denomination) and (C) that such Note shall be repurchased as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Note and in this Indenture; together with (ii) such Notes duly endorsed for transfer (if the Note if certificated) or book-entry transfer of such Note (if such Note is represented by a Global Note). The delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent with, or at any time after delivery of, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the repurchase price therefore; provided, however, that such repurchase price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.02 only if the Notes so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any Note for repurchase shall be determined by the Issuer, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error.

22




(d)    The Issuer, if so requested, shall repurchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.02, a portion of a Note, if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the repurchase of all of a Note also apply to the repurchase of such portion of such Note.
(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 3.02 if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cured, on or prior to the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by the Issuer in the payment of the repurchase price pursuant to this Section 3.02 with respect to the Notes to be repurchased).
(f)    The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuer of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
Any repurchase by the Issuer contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.02 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder (i) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date if the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Notes to the Paying Agent is effected prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, and (ii) if delivered later, within two Business Days following the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Note. Payment of the repurchase price for a Note for which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn is conditioned upon book-entry transfer in compliance with applicable Depositary procedures or delivery of the Notes, together with necessary endorsements, to the Paying Agent.
Section 3.03.     Issuer Repurchase Notice. (a) The Issuer Repurchase Notice, as provided in Section 3.03(b), shall be given to Holders in the event of a Fundamental Change, on or before the tenth calendar day after the occurrence of such a Fundamental Change as provided in Section 3.02(b) (the “ Issuer Repurchase Notice Date ”).
(b)    In connection with any repurchase of Notes, the Issuer shall, on the applicable Issuer Repurchase Notice Date, give written notice to Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) setting forth information specified in this Section (in either case, the “ Issuer Repurchase Notice ”).
Each Issuer Repurchase Notice shall:
(i)    state the events causing the Fundamental Change and the date thereof;
(ii)    state the procedures Holders must follow to require the Issuer to purchase their Notes and that Holders must exercise their right to elect to repurchase prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
(iii)    state the repurchase price, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

23




(iv)    state the name and address of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent;
(v)    state the applicable Exchange Rate and any adjustments thereto;
(vi)    state that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the repurchase price;
(vii)    state that a Holder may withdraw its Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date by delivering a valid written notice of withdrawal in accordance with Section 3.04;
(viii)    state that Notes as to which the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been given may be exchanged only if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(ix)    state the amount of Interest accrued and unpaid per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
(x)    state that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment of the repurchase price, Interest on Notes covered by any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall cease to accrue on and after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;
(xi)    state the CUSIP number of the Notes, if CUSIP numbers are then in use; and
(xiii)    if the Issuer, in its commercially reasonable judgment based on advice of counsel, determines that circumstances have changed such that it has become necessary or appropriate to withhold on proceeds under Section 1445 of the Code, the Issuer will include with the Issuer Repurchase Notice a notice of that conclusion and of its intent to withhold.
An Issuer Repurchase Notice may be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give such Issuer Repurchase Notice in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that the text of the Issuer Repurchase Notice shall be prepared by the Issuer.
If any of the Notes is represented by a Global Note, then the Issuer will modify such Issuer Repurchase Notice to the extent necessary to accord with the applicable procedures of the Depositary that apply to the repurchase of Global Notes.
(c)    The Issuer shall, to the extent applicable, comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act that may be applicable at the time of the repurchase of the Notes, file the related Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) under the Exchange Act and comply with all other applicable federal and state securities laws in connection with the repurchase of the Notes.
Section 3.04.     Effect of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice; Withdrawal. Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice was given shall (unless such Repurchase Notice is validly withdrawn in accordance with this Section 3.04) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the repurchase price with respect to such Note. Such repurchase price shall be paid to such Holder on the later of (x) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 3.02) and (y) two Business Days after the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.02 on or after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.






24




Notes in respect of which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be exchanged pursuant to Article 13 hereof on or after the date of the delivery of such Repurchase Notice unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn.
A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Paying Agent at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Business Day immediately prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date specifying:
(a)    the name of the Holder;
(b)    the certificate number(s) of all withdrawn Notes in certificated form or that the notice of withdrawal complies with appropriate Depositary procedures with respect to all withdrawn Notes represented by a Global Note;
(c)    the principal amount of Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, which must be an integral multiple of $1,000; and
(d)    the principal amount of Notes, if any, that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for repurchase by the Issuer.
If a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is properly withdrawn, the Issuer shall not be obligated to repurchase the Notes so withdrawn from such Repurchase Notice.
Section 3.05.     Deposit of Repurchase Price. (a) Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent or, if the Issuer is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04 an amount of cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date), sufficient to pay the aggregate repurchase price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.
(b)    If on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the repurchase price of the Notes that Holders have elected to require the Issuer to repurchase in accordance with Section 3.02 and which have not been withdrawn in accordance

25




with Section 3.04, then, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date such Notes will cease to be outstanding, Interest will cease to accrue and all other rights of the Holders of such Notes will terminate, other than the right to receive the repurchase price upon delivery or book-entry transfer of the Note. This will be the case whether or not book-entry transfer of the Note has been made or the Note has been delivered to the Paying Agent.
Section 3.06.     Notes Repurchased in Part. Upon presentation of any Note repurchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Issuer, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unrepurchased portion of the Notes presented (provided that the unrepurchased portion of the Notes must be in an integral multiple of $1,000).
Section 3.07.     Repayment to the Issuer. Subject to Section 11.04, the Paying Agent shall return to the Issuer any cash that remains unclaimed, together with Interest, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the repurchase price; provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.05 exceeds the aggregate repurchase price of the Notes or portions thereof which the Issuer is obligated to repurchase as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date then, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Issuer and the Paying Agent, promptly after the second Business Day following the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Paying Agent shall return any such excess to the Issuer, together with Interest, if any, thereon.

ARTICLE 4
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR

Section 4.01.     Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid when due the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest on each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.
Section 4.02.     Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for exchange or repurchase and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. As of the date of this Indenture, such office shall be the Corporate Trust Office and, at any other time, at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations, provided, however that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency

26




for such purposes . The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Issuer hereby initially designates the Trustee as Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Exchange Agent and the Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Issuer for each of the aforesaid purposes.
So long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, the Trustee agrees, at the expense of the Issuer, to mail, or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 7.08(f). If co-registrars have been appointed in accordance with this Section, the Trustee shall mail such notices only to the Issuer and the Holders of Notes it can identify from its records.
Section 4.03.     Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Issuer, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as provided in Section 7.08, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.
Section 4.04.     Provisions as to Paying Agent. (a) If the Issuer shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a Paying Agent, the Issuer will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04:
(i)    that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any other obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(ii)    that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Issuer (or by any other obligor on the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and
(iii)    that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust.
The Issuer shall, on or before each due date of the principal of or Interest on the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum (in funds which are immediately available on the due date for such payment) sufficient to pay such principal or Interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit shall be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date.
(b)    If the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or Interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal and Interest so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Issuer (or any other obligor under the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

27




(c)    Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuer may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 4.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the Issuer or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Issuer or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.
(d)    Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 4.04 is subject to Section 11.02 and Section 11.03.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions of any other Paying Agents (including the Issuer if acting as its own Paying Agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other Paying Agents.
Section 4.05.     Existence. Subject to Article 10, each of the Issuer and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence all material rights and material franchises; provided , however , that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable.
Section 4.06.     Rule 144A Information Requirement. If so required by Rule 144A the Guarantor and the Issuer will promptly furnish to the Holders, beneficial owners and prospective purchasers of the Notes and of any shares of Common Stock delivered upon exchange of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) to facilitate the resale of the Notes and such shares pursuant to Rule 144A.
Section 4.07.     Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuer and the Guarantor each covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and the Guarantor each (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
Section 4.08.     Compliance Certificate. The Issuer and the Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a brief certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the General Partner as to his or her knowledge of the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and, in the event of any noncompliance, specifying such noncompliance and the nature and status thereof. For purposes of this Section 4.08, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

28




The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware of (i) any default in the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Indenture, or (ii) any Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying with particularity such default or Event of Default and further stating what action the Issuer has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Any notice required to be given under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.
Section 4.09.     Supplementary Interest Notice. In the event that Supplementary Interest is payable to Holders of Notes, the Issuer will provide written notice (“ Supplementary Interest Notice ”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Supplementary Interest no later than 15 calendar days prior to the proposed Interest Payment Date for Supplementary Interest, and the Supplementary Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Supplementary Interest to be paid by the Issuer on such Interest Payment Date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to determine the Supplementary Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of the amount of Supplementary Interest when made, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Supplementary Interest.
Section 4.10.     Covenant Regarding Aggregate Share Cap . The Issuer and the Guarantor covenant not to take any voluntary action that would result in an adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 13.03(b), Section 13.03(c), Section 13.03(d) (other than any action that would result in an increase in the Exchange Rate under Section 13.03(d) to the extent necessary for the Guarantor to maintain its status as a REIT) and Section 13.03(e) or Section 13.04 that would result in the Notes becoming exchangeable for a number of shares of Common Stock in excess of the Aggregate Share Cap for as long as such Aggregate Share Cap applies.
Section 4.11.     Reservation of Shares, Shares to Be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock. The Guarantor shall provide, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the exchange of the Notes as required by this Indenture from time to time as such Notes are presented for exchange.
The Guarantor covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exchange of Notes will upon issue be fully paid and non-assessable by the Guarantor and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.
The Guarantor covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of exchange of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly issued upon exchange, the Guarantor shall, as expeditiously as possible secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.
The Guarantor further covenants that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national or regional securities exchange or automated quotation system, the Guarantor will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed

29




on such exchange or automated quotation system, all the Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes; provided that if the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system permit the Guarantor to defer the listing of such the Common Stock until the first exchange of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Guarantor covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with the requirements of such exchange or automated quotation system at such time.
Section 4.12.     Covenant as to the Maturity Date During a Registration Default . In addition to, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, if the Maturity Date for the Notes shall occur during a period where a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) exists, in addition to any Supplementary Interest otherwise payable, the Issuer shall make a cash payment to each Holder of Notes of an amount equal to 3.0% of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding and held by such Holder as of the Close of Business on the third Scheduled Trading Date immediately prior to the Maturity Date for the Notes. The term “outstanding” shall be deemed for purposes of this Section 4.12 not to include the exclusion from such term specified in clause (d) thereof with respect to Notes converted on or after August 15, 2018. Accordingly, and for the avoidance of doubt, should the Maturity Date occur during a period in which a Registration Default exists, all Record Holders of Notes outstanding on the third Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date will receive the cash payment specified in this Section 4.12 regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged on or after August 15, 2018 and prior to the Close of Business on such third Trading Day preceding the Maturity Date.

ARTICLE 5
NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY
THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01.     Noteholders’ Lists. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
(a)    semiannually, not later than 15 days after each Record Date for Interest for the Notes, a list, in such form as the Trustee may require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of such Record Date, and
(b)    at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, excluding from such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Notes Registrar,
provided , however , that, so long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.
Section 5.02.     Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).
Section 5.03.     Reports by Trustee. The Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required by TIA Section 313 at the times and in the manner provided by the TIA, which shall initially be not less than every twelve months commencing on July 15, 2014 and may be dated as of a date up to 60 days prior to such transmission. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders of Notes, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which any Notes are listed, with the Commission and with the Issuer. The Issuer will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange or any delisting thereof.

30




Section 5.04.     Reports by Issuer. The Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee, within 15 days after it is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the quarterly and annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, if any, that it is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Any such report, information or document that the Guarantor files with the Commission through the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee for the purposes of this Section 5.06 at the time of such filing through the EDGAR system (or such successor thereto).

ARTICLE 6
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES
 
Section 6.01.     Events of Default.
(a)    In case any one or more of the following (each, an “ Event of Default ”) (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) shall have occurred and be continuing:
(1)    default in the payment of any Interest on the Notes when such Interest becomes due and payable, that continues for a period of 30 days;
(2)    default in the payment of the principal of the Notes or any repurchase price due with respect to the Notes, when due and payable;
(3)    failure on the part of the Issuer or the Guarantor to satisfy their obligations upon an exchange of Notes pursuant to Article 13;
(4)    failure by the Issuer to provide notice of a specified corporate event in accordance with Section 13.01(b)(iii) or Section 13.01(b)(iv), in each case, when due;
(5)    failure by the Issuer to provide an Issuer Repurchase Notice after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change as provided in Section 3.02(b) and Section 3.03(b), when due;

31




(6)    failure on the part of the Issuer or the Guarantor to comply with their respective obligations under Article 10;
(7)    default in the performance, or breach, of any other covenant or warranty of the Issuer in this Indenture with respect to the Notes, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;
(8)    default under any bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or the Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of the Issuer or of the Guarantor, the repayment of which the Issuer or the Guarantor has guaranteed or for which the Issuer or the Guarantor is directly responsible or liable as obligor or guarantor, having an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $10,000,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without such indebtedness having been discharged, or such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, within the period specified in such instrument;
(9)    the rendering against the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any of their respective Subsidiaries of a final judgment for the payment of $10,000,000 or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance), which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after (i) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (ii) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished;
(10)    the Guarantor, the Issuer, or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or under or within meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i)    commences a voluntary case; or
(ii)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; or
(iii)    consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law of it or for all or substantially of its property; or
(iv)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
(11)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i)    is for relief against the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; or

32




(ii)    appoints a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of its property; or
(iii)    orders the liquidation of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries;
and, in each case in this clause (11), the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 calendar days;
then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) and Section 6.01(a)(11)), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Noteholders), may declare the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration the same shall be immediately due and payable.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) or Section 6.01(a)(11) occurs and is continuing, then the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.
(b)     Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture to the contrary, if the Issuer so elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the Guarantor’s failure to comply with Section 5.04 hereof (a “ Reporting Event of Default ”), will consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Notes at a rate equal to (i) 0.25% per annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for the first 90 days of the 180-day period in which such Event of Default is continuing beginning on, and including, the date on which such an Event of Default first occurs and (ii) 0.50% per annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for the last 90 days of such 180-day period as long as such Event of Default is continuing (subject to Section 6.01(c), in addition to any Additional Interest that may be payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement).
If the Issuer so elects, such additional interest will be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated Interest payable on the Notes. On the 181st day after such Event of Default (if the Reporting Event of Default is not cured or waived prior to such 181st day), the Notes will be subject to acceleration pursuant to Section 6.01(a). The provisions of this Section 6.01(b) will not affect the rights of Holders of Notes in the event of the occurrence of any Event of Default that is not a Reporting Event of Default. In the event the Issuer does not elect to pay the additional interest following a Reporting Event of Default in accordance with this Section 6.01(b) or the Issuer elected to make such payment but does not pay the additional interest when due, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.01(a).
In order to elect to pay the additional interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 days after the occurrence of a Reporting Event of Default, the Issuer must notify all Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if the Paying Agent is a Person other than the Trustee or the

33




Issuer) of such election prior to the beginning of such 180-day period. Upon the Issuer’s failure to timely give such notice, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.01(a).
(c)    In no event will the additional interest payable pursuant to Section 6.01(b) together with the Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (collectively, the “ Supplementary Interest ”) accrue at a rate in excess of 0.50% per annum pursuant to the Indenture, regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to the requirement to pay such Supplementary Interest.
(d)    If, at any time after the principal amount of and Interest on the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults or Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, subject in all respects to Section 6.07, if: (a) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal amount and any accrued and unpaid Interest that have become due solely because of such acceleration, have been cured or waived; (b) the Issuer or the Guarantor shall have deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all overdue Interest, including Interest on overdue installments of Interest (to the extent that payment of such Interest is lawful), and principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration; and (c) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses (including an attorney’s reasonable fees), disbursements and advances pursuant to Section 7.06. No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon.
(e)    In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such waiver or rescission and annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Issuer, the Holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall retain all rights under this Indenture to be indemnified for expenses incurred related to such proceeding.
Section 6.02.     Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor. The Issuer covenants that in the case of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2), upon demand of the Trustee, the Issuer will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, (i) the whole amount that then shall be due and payable on all such Notes for principal or Interest, as the case may be, with Interest upon the overdue principal and (to the extent that payment of such Interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon the overdue installments of accrued and unpaid Interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the required payment date and, (ii) in addition thereto, any amounts due the Trustee under this Indenture, including, but not limited to, Section 7.06. Until such demand by the Trustee, the Issuer may pay the principal of and Interest on the Notes to the registered Holders, whether or not the Notes are overdue.

34




In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes wherever situated the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable.
In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Guarantor, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Guarantor, the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3)) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise: (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders of Notes allowed in such judicial proceeding, and (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Notes to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders of Notes, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 7.06. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Note any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of Notes in any such proceeding; provided, however , that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and may be a member of the creditors’ committee.
All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.
In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.
Section 6.03.     Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6, shall be applied, in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:
FIRST:
To the payment of costs and expenses of collection, including all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel all other amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 7.06;
SECOND:
To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest, respectively; and
THIRD:
To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Issuer.

35




Section 6.04.     Proceedings by Noteholders. No Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by reference to any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, except in the case of a default in the payment of principal or Interest on the Notes, unless (a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such indemnity as is satisfactory to it may require against the costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred therein or thereby, (c) the Trustee for 60 calendar days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding and (d) no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding in accordance with Section 6.07; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by reference to any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Notes, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Notes (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.04, each and every Noteholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, the right of any Holder of any Note to receive payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and accrued Interest on such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note or in the event of repurchase, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates against the Issuer shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Anything contained in this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, the Holder of any Note, without the consent of either the Trustee or the Holder of any other Note, in its own behalf and for its own benefit, may enforce, and may institute and maintain any proceeding suitable to enforce, its rights of exchange as provided herein.

36




Section 6.05.     Proceedings by Trustee. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
Section 6.06.     Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. All powers and remedies given by this Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Noteholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default or Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or any acquiescence therein, and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders.
Section 6.07.     Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Noteholders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and (c) the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the Holders of Notes not joining therein, it being understood that (subject to Section 7.02) the Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearance are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.

37




The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any past default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except (i) a default in the payment of the principal of or Interest on the Notes, (ii) a failure by the Issuer to exchange any Notes as required by this Indenture, (iii) a default in the payment of the repurchase price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to Article 3 or (iv) a default in respect of a covenant or provisions hereof, which under Article 9 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holders of all Notes then outstanding or each Note affected thereby.
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.08.     Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 6.08 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3), or Interest on any Note on or after the due date expressed in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to exchange any Note in accordance with the provisions of Article 13.

ARTICLE 7
THE TRUSTEE
 
Section 7.01.     Notice of Defaults. Within 90 calendar days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any default hereunder, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived pursuant to the terms of Section 6.07 hereof; provided, however , that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) or Interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes; and provided further that in the case of any default or breach of the character specified in Section 6.01(a)(7), no such notice to Holders of Notes shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof.
Section 7.02.     Certain Rights of Trustee . Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):
(a)    the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officers’ Certificate, certificate, statement, instrument, Opinion of Counsel, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(b)    any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order (other than delivery of any Note to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.04 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
(c)    whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel;
(d)    before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

38




(e)    the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
(f)    the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided that, if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such examination shall be paid by the Holders or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Holders upon demand. The Trustee, in its discretion, may, but shall not be required to, make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be

39




entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, relevant to the facts or matters that are the subject of its inquiry, personally or by agent or attorney;
(g)    the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(h)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
(i)    if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee (to the extent that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee does not have actual knowledge of the existence of such event or fact ) may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred;
(j)    the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;
(k)    the permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct; and
(l)    except for (i) a default under Sections 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2) hereof, or (ii) any other event of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has “actual knowledge” and which event, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any default or Event of Default unless specifically notified in writing of such event by the Issuer or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; as used herein, the term “ actual knowledge ” means the actual fact or statement of knowing, without any duty to make any investigation with regard thereto.
The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder
Section 7.03.     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the

40




statements of the Issuer, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof.
Section 7.04.     May Hold Notes and Common Stock . The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Exchange Agent, Note Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes or Common Stock and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Issuer and the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent, Note Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.
Section 7.05.     Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Issuer.
Section 7.06.     Compensation and Reimbursement . The Issuer agrees:
(a)    to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
(b)    except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to pay or reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
(c)    to indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) for, and to hold each of them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on such Indemnified Person’s part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(10) or 6.01(a)(11), the expenses (including the charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

41




As security for the performance of the obligations of the Issuer under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) or Interest on any Notes. The provisions of this Section shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.
Section 7.07.     Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility; Conflicting Interests . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of Federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trustee Indenture Act. Neither the Issuer nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Issuer shall serve as Trustee.
If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuer or the Guarantor or any other obligor under the Notes, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Issuer or the Guarantor (or any such other obligor).
Section 7.08.     Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .
(a)    No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 7.09.
(b)    The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(c)    The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.
(d)    If at any time:
(i)    the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or
(ii)    the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.07 of this Indenture and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

42




(iii)    the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
then, in any such case, (A) the Issuer by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee, or (B) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.
(e)    If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders of Notes and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(f)    The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing or causing to be mailed such notice to the Holders of Notes as they appear on the Note Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
Section 7.09.     Acceptance of Appointment By Successor. (a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 7.06.
(b)    In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, the Issuer, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto, pursuant to Article Nine hereof, wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if

43




the retiring Trustee is not retiring all Notes, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trust sand duties of the retiring Trustee to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Issuer or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.
(c)    Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7.09, as the case may be.
(d)    No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.
Section 7.10.     Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case any Notes shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Notes, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee.
Section 7.11.     Appointment of Authenticating Agent . At any time when any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial repayment thereof, and Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument

44




shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any state or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authorities. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
An Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes by mailing or causing to be mailed such notice to the Holders of Notes as they appear on the Note Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.
If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

45




This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
 
U.S BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
 
as Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
as Authenticating Agent
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 
 

Section 7.12.     Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee .
(a)    With respect to the Notes, except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes:
(i)    the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and imposed by the Trust Indenture Act and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii)    in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but shall not be under any duty to verify the contents or accuracy thereof.
(b)    In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(c)    No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)    this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
(ii)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

46




(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and
(iv)    no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(d)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12.

ARTICLE 8
THE NOTEHOLDERS
 
Section 8.01.     Action by Noteholders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Noteholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the Holders of Notes voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Noteholders, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Noteholders. Whenever the Issuer or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Issuer or the Trustee may fix in advance of such solicitation a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. Notwithstanding Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Noteholders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Noteholders of record at the Close of Business on such record date shall be deemed to be Noteholders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, and for that purpose the outstanding notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Noteholders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.
Section 8.02.     Proof of Execution by Noteholders. Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.02 and 7.12, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Noteholder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be

47




prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the registry of such Notes or by a certificate of the Note Registrar.
Section 8.03.     Absolute Owners . The Issuer, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any exchange agent and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Issuer or any Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest on such Note, for exchange of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any exchange agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any Holder for the time being, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable upon any such Note.
Section 8.04.     Issuer-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture or whether a quorum is present at a meeting of Noteholders, Notes which are owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes, as such ownership shall be reflected on the Note Register, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers’ Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Issuer to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons, and, subject to Section 7.12, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officers’ Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.
Section 8.05.     Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor.


48




ARTICLE 9
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.01.     Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. The Issuer, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, the Guarantor and the Trustee may, from time to time, and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental without the consent of any Holder of the Notes hereto for any of the following purposes:
(a)    to evidence a successor to the Issuer as obligor or to the Guarantor as guarantor under this Indenture;
(b)    to add to the covenants of the Issuer or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in the Notes;
(c)    to add Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(d)    to amend or supplement any provisions of this Indenture; provided that no amendment or supplement shall adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Notes then outstanding;
(e)    to secure the Notes;
(f)    to provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor Trustee or facilitate the administration of the trusts under this Indenture by more than one Trustee;
(g)    to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture or to make any other change with respect to the Indenture or the Notes that shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any respect;
(h)    to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent necessary to permit or facilitate discharge of any of the Notes; provided that the action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any respect;
(i)    to modify this Indenture and the Notes to increase the Exchange Rate or reduce the Exchange Price; provided that the increase or reduction, as the case may be, is in accordance with the terms of the Notes or will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes; or
(j)    to conform the provisions of the Indenture and the Notes to the description thereof contained in the “Description of Notes” section in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.
Upon the written request of the Issuer, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by the General Partner’s Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any supplemental indenture, the Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Issuer and the Guarantor in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained and to accept the

49




conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.
Section 9.02.     Supplemental Indenture With Consent of Noteholders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 8) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, the Issuer, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, the Guarantor and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Note so affected:
(a)    change the Stated Maturity of the principal of or any installment of Interest on the Notes, reduce the principal amount of or the rate or amount of Interest on the Notes, or adversely affect any right of repayment of the Holder of the Notes;
(b)    change the place of payment, or the coin or currency, for payment of principal of or Interest on any Note or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any exchange of or payment on or with respect to the Notes;
(c)    reduce the percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture, to waive compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults and their consequences provided in this Indenture, or to reduce the quorum or change voting requirements set forth in this Indenture;
(d)    modify or affect in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor in respect of the payments of principal and Interest;
(e)    modify the ranking provisions of the Indenture in a manner that is adverse to the rights of Holders;
(f)    modify or amend the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantor as guarantor of the Notes in a manner that is adverse to the rights of Holders:
(g)    modify any of this Section 9.02 or the second paragraph of Section 6.07, except to increase the required percentage to effect the action or to provide that certain other provisions may not be modified or waived without the consent of the Holders of the Notes;

50




(h)    modify the provisions of Sections 3.02 and 3.03 in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, including the Issuer’s obligation to repurchase the Notes following a Fundamental Change; or
(i)    adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Notes contained in Section 13.01 of this Indenture.
Upon the written request of the Issuer, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by the General Partner’s Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Noteholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantor in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
Section 9.03.     Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect, provided that this Section 9.03 shall not require such supplemental indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time, if ever, such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to such supplemental indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time, if ever, such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder, subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
Section 9.04.     Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Issuer’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Issuer, authenticated by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.11) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.

51




Section 9.05.     Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished to Trustee. Prior to entering into any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 9, the Trustee shall be provided with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 9 and is otherwise authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
 
Section 10.01.     Issuer May Consolidate on Certain Terms. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not affiliated with the Issuer), or successive consolidations or mergers, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Issuer); provided, however , that the following conditions are met:
(a)    the Issuer shall be the continuing entity, or the successor entity (if other than the Issuer) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger or which shall have received the transfer of assets shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume payment of the principal of and Interest on all of the Notes and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions in this Indenture;
(b)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(c)    either the Issuer or the successor Person, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article 10 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
No such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease shall be permitted by this Section 10.01 unless prior thereto the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect thereafter.
Section 10.02.     Issuer Successor to Be Substituted. Upon any consolidation by the Issuer with or merger of the Issuer into any other Person or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer to any Person in accordance with Section 10.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein, and thereafter,

52




except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
Section 10.03.     Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Guarantor with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor), or successive consolidations or mergers, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the property of the Guarantor, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor); provided, however , that:
(a)    the Guarantor shall be the continuing entity, or the successor entity (if other than the Guarantor) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger or which shall have received the transfer of assets shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions in this Indenture;
(b)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and
(c)    either the Guarantor or the successor Person, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, as the case may be, and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, sale, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article 10 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
Section 10.04.     Guarantor Successor to Be Substituted. Upon any consolidation by the Guarantor with or merger of the Guarantor into any other Person or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor to any Person in accordance with Section 10.03, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Guarantor herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Guarantee thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.


53




ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
 
Section 11.01.     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights hereunder of Holders of the Notes to receive all amounts owing upon the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Holders of the Notes, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (ii) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder), and the Trustee, upon demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute instruments in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:
(a) either
(i)    all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 11.04, and (B) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 11.04) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(ii)    all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Exchange Agent (other than the Issuer or any of its Affiliates), as applicable, as trust funds in trust cash and/or shares of Common Stock (as applicable under the terms of this Indenture) in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge (without the necessity of investing such amount of cash deposited) the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and Interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as the case may be;
(b)    the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and
(c)    the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Section 11.02.     Application of Trust Funds. All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust, uninvested, and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any Interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. All moneys deposited with the Trustee (and held by it or any Paying Agent) for the payment of Notes subsequently exchanged

54




shall be returned to the Issuer upon request.
Section 11.03.     Return of Unclaimed Monies. Subject to the restrictions of applicable law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or Interest that remains unclaimed for two years after a right to such money has matured; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such payment, may, at the expense of the Issuer, either publish in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York, or cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to such money, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein, which shall be at least 30 calendar days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall be relieved of all liability with respect to such money.
Section 11.04.     Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article 11 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 11 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust with respect to the Notes; provided , however , that if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of or Interest on any Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of the Notes to receive such payment from the money so held by the Trustee or Paying Agent in trust.

ARTICLE 12
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
Section 12.01.     Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Article 15, no recourse for the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) or Interest on any Note, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer (i) in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, (ii) in any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby or (iii) in the Registration Rights Agreement, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, partner, member, manager, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, either directly or through the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture, and the issue of the Notes.


55




ARTICLE 13
EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 13.01.     Right to Exchange. (a) Subject to the restrictions on ownership of shares of Common Stock as set forth in Section 13.06, and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 13, a Holder may exchange, at such Holder’s option, all or part of its Notes, in multiples of $1,000, based on the Exchange Rate (the “ Exchange Obligation ”), subject to the Exchange Share Cap and the Aggregate Share Cap as set forth in Section 13.01(c) and to the further provisions of Section 13.02. Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding August 15, 2018, Holders shall have the right to exchange their Notes only under the circumstances described in Section 13.01(b). On or after August 15, 2018, a Holder may surrender its Notes for exchange at any time on or prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date without regard to the conditions in Section 13.01(b). In no event may Notes be surrendered for exchange after the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.
(b)    (i)    Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding August 15, 2018, Notes may be surrendered for exchange on any date during any calendar quarter beginning after December 31, 2013 (and only during such calendar quarter) if the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock was more than 130% of the then current Exchange Price for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) in the period of the 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the previous calendar quarter.
(ii)    Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding August 15, 2018, Notes may be surrendered for exchange at any time during the five Business Day period immediately after any five consecutive Trading Day period in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, as determined following a request by a Holder of Notes in accordance with this subsection (b)(ii), for each Trading Day of such five Trading Day period was less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate on each such Trading Day during such five Trading Day period. The Trading Prices shall be determined by the Bid Solicitation Agent pursuant to this subsection (b)(ii) and the definition of Trading Price set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Bid Solicitation Agent of the three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Issuer pursuant to the definition of Trading Price, along with appropriate contact information for each. The Bid Solicitation Agent shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes unless the Issuer has requested such determination in writing; and the Issuer shall have no obligation to make such request unless a Holder provides the Issuer with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes would be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate, at which time, the Issuer shall instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent in writing to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate. If the Issuer does not instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent to

56




determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes when obligated as provided in the preceding sentence, or if the Issuer instructs the Bid Solicitation Agent to obtain bids and the Bid Solicitation Agent fails to make such determination, then, in either case, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate on each Trading Day of such failure. If the Trading Price condition set forth above has been met, the Issuer shall so notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing. If, at any time after the Trading Price condition set forth above has been met, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of the Closing Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Exchange Rate for such date, the Issuer shall so notify the Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing.
(iii)    If, prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding August 15, 2018, the Guarantor:
(A)    distributes to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less from the declaration date for such distribution, shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the average Closing Sale Price of Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding, but excluding, the declaration date for such distribution; or
(B)    makes a distribution to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock cash, other assets, securities or rights to purchase securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution,
then, in either case, the Issuer shall notify all Holders at least 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution by notice in writing. Once the Issuer has given such notice, a Holder may surrender all or any portion of its Notes for exchange any time until the earlier of (1) the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution and (2) the Issuer’s announcement that such issuance or distribution will not take place.
(iv)    If a transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding August 15, 2018, regardless of whether a Holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 3.02, or if the Guarantor is a party to a consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, or transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its assets, in each case, pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other assets, all or any portion of a Holder’s Notes may be surrendered for exchange at any time from or after the date that is 45 Scheduled

57




Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction (or, if later, the Business Day after the Issuer gives notice of such transaction) until 35 Trading Days after the actual effective date of such transaction or, if such transaction also constitutes a Fundamental Change, until the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. The Issuer shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing (i) as promptly as practicable following the date the Issuer publicly announces such transaction but in no event less than 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction or (ii) if the Issuer does not have knowledge of such transaction at least 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction, within one Business Day of the date upon which the Issuer receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware, of such transaction, but in no event later than the actual effective date of such transaction.
(c)    Unless and until the Guarantor obtains stockholder approval to issue more than 19.99% of the Common Stock outstanding at the time the Notes are initially issued (the “ Aggregate Share Cap ”) upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exchange of the Notes shall be subject to the Aggregate Share Cap and the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exchange of $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall not exceed the Exchange Share Cap. Accordingly, the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exchange may be less than the number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be deliverable as calculated under Section 13.02 and, for the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no obligation upon the Issuer to make any cash payment in respect of any shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon an exchange of Notes but for the Exchange Share Cap.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any delivery of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable to a Holder upon an exchange of Notes is not made, in whole or in part, as a result of the Exchange Share Cap and the Aggregate Share Cap, the Issuer’s obligation to make such delivery shall not be extinguished, and it shall deliver such shares (the “ Cap Restricted Shares ”) to such Holder as promptly as practicable following the earlier of the date on which the issuance of shares of Common Stock in excess of the Aggregate Share Cap is approved by the stockholders of the Guarantor or the Aggregate Share Cap is no longer required under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The number of Cap Restricted Shares that shall be subsequently deliverable by the Issuer shall be subject to adjustment on account of the same events, and in the same manner as the Exchange Rate is (or if no Notes shall remain outstanding, would be) adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.03.
The “ Exchange Share Cap ” for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes exchanged equals the quotient of (x) the Aggregate Share Cap and (y) the aggregate principal amount Notes (expressed in thousands) issued in this offering, which as of the date of this Indenture equals 55.9206 shares of Common Stock. The Exchange Share Cap will be rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth, with any one-hundred thousandths rounded downward. The Aggregate Share Cap will not be adjusted for any increase in the applicable Exchange Rate (except in the case of a share split or share combination of the Common Stock). The Exchange Share Cap and the Aggregate Share Cap will apply until either (x) the elimination of the Aggregate Share Cap is approved by the stockholders of the Guarantor or (y) the Aggregate Share Cap is no longer required under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

58




Section 13.02.     Exchange Procedures; Settlement Upon Exchange . (a) In order to exercise the exchange right with respect to any Notes in certificated form, a Holder must:
(i)    complete and manually sign a notice of exchange in the form entitled “Form of Exchange Notice” attached to the reverse of such certificated Note (or a facsimile thereof) (an “ Exchange Notice ”);
(ii)    deliver such Exchange Notice and the certificated Notes to be exchanged to the Exchange Agent at the office of the Exchange Agent;
(iii)    to the extent any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents as may be required by the Exchange Agent;
(iv)    if required pursuant to this Section 13.02(a), pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled; and
(v)    if required pursuant to Section 13.02(g), pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any.
In order to exercise the exchange right with respect to any interest in a Global Note, a Holder must:
(i)    submit an Exchange Notice through the facilities of the Depositary and the Exchange Notice must comply with all applicable Depositary procedures;
(ii)    if required pursuant to this Section 13.02(a), pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled; and
(iii)    if required pursuant to Section 13.02(g), pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any.
The date on which the Holder satisfies the foregoing requirements is the “ Exchange Date. ” The Notes shall be deemed to have been exchanged immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Exchange Date;  provided however , that the Person in whose name any shares of the Common Stock shall be issuable upon such exchange shall become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the Exchange Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or the last Trading Day of the relevant Exchange Period, in the case of Combination Settlement.
Whether the Notes to be exchanged are held in book-entry or certificated form, the Exchange Notice will require the Holder to certify that it is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
If a Holder exchanges any Notes after the Close of Business on the Record Date for an interest payment but prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the record Holder on such Record Date (if other than such Holder) shall receive on the corresponding Interest Payment Date the full amount of interest accrued and unpaid on such Notes, notwithstanding such Holder’s exchange of those Notes prior to the Interest Payment Date. However, except as

59




provided in the next sentence, at the time such Holder surrenders its Notes for exchange after the Close of Business on a Record Date but prior to the Open of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, such Holder must pay the Issuer an amount equal to the interest that has accrued and shall be paid on the Notes being exchanged on the corresponding Interest Payment Date. However, such Holder is not required to make such payment:
(i)    if such Holder exchanges its Notes following the Close of Business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date;
(ii)    if such Holder exchanges its Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change and the Issuer has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or
(iii)    to the extent of any overdue interest, if overdue interest exists at the time of exchange with respect to such Holder’s Notes.
For the avoidance of doubt, all Record Holders of Notes on the Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in (i), (ii) and (iii) above will receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged following such Record Date.
If a Holder has already delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.02 with respect to a Note, such Holder may not surrender that Note for exchange until such Holder has validly withdrawn the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 3.04, except as to a portion of such Note that is not subject to such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice.
Upon surrender of a Note for exchange by a Holder, such Holder shall deliver to the Issuer cash equal to the amount that the Issuer is required to deduct and withhold under applicable law in connection with such exchange; provided, however, that if the Holder does not deliver such cash, the Issuer may deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise deliverable to such Holder the amount required to be deducted and withheld under applicable law.
Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee (or other Exchange Agent appointed by the Issuer), or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee (or other Exchange Agent appointed by the Issuer), shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of any exchanges of Notes effected through any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee.
(b)    Subject to this Section 13.02 and Section 13.04, upon exchange of any Note, the Issuer may, at its election, pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the exchanging Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged either solely cash (“ Cash Settlement ”), solely shares of Common Stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares) (“ Physical Settlement ”) or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock (“ Combination Settlement ”), as set forth in this Section 13.02(b).

60




All exchanges occurring on or after August 15, 2018 shall be settled using the same Settlement Method. Prior to August 15, 2018, the Issuer shall use the same Settlement Method for all exchanges occurring on the same Exchange Date, but the Issuer shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with respect to exchanges that occur on different Exchange Dates. If the Issuer elects a Settlement Method, the Issuer shall notify Holders so exchanging of such Settlement Method through the Trustee, no later than the Close of Business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the related Exchange Date (or, in the case of any exchanges occurring on or after August 15, 2018, no later than the Close of Business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding August 15, 2018). If the Issuer does not timely elect a Settlement Method, the Issuer shall no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Physical Settlement, and the Issuer shall be deemed to have elected Combination Settlement in respect of its Exchange Obligation, and the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be $1,000. If the Issuer elects Combination Settlement but does not timely notify exchanging Holders of the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, such Specified Dollar Amount will be deemed to be $1,000.
In addition, unless and until the Guarantor obtains stockholder approval to issue Common Stock in excess of the Aggregate Share Cap upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, (x) the Issuer shall be deemed to have elected Combination Settlement in respect of its Exchange Obligation with a Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes of $1,000, unless the Issuer elects a Specified Dollar Amount in excess of $1,000, in which case the Settlement Amount shall be determined by reference to such greater Specified Dollar Amount and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exchange, if any, will be subject to the Aggregate Share Cap and the Exchange Share Cap.
The cash, shares of Common Stock or combination of cash and shares of Common Stock in respect of any exchange of Notes (the “ Settlement Amount ”) shall be computed as follows:
(i)    if the Issuer elects to satisfy its Exchange Obligation in respect of such exchange by Physical Settlement, the Issuer shall deliver to exchanging Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (and cash in lieu of any fractional share as described in Section 13.02(i));
(ii)    if the Issuer elects to satisfy its Exchange Obligation in respect of such exchange by Cash Settlement, the Issuer shall pay to exchanging Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Exchange Values for each of the 40 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Exchange Period; and
(iii)    if the Issuer elects (or is deemed to have elected) to satisfy its Exchange Obligation in respect of such exchange by Combination Settlement, the Issuer shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to exchanging Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, a Settlement Amount equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 40 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant

61




Exchange Period (and cash in lieu of any fractional share as described in Section 13.02(i)), subject to the Exchange Share Cap.
(c)    Except as set forth in Section 13.04, if Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement is applicable, the Issuer shall pay and/or deliver the consideration due upon exchange on the third Business Day immediately following the final Trading Day of the related Exchange Period. If Physical Settlement is applicable, the Issuer shall deliver the consideration due upon exchange on the third Business Day immediately following the related Exchange Date;  provided that, with respect to any Exchange Date with respect to which Physical Settlement applies occurring after August 15, 2018, settlement will occur on the Maturity Date.
(d)    If more than one Note shall be surrendered for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes, if any, that shall be payable upon exchange shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.
(e)    In case any certificated Note shall be surrendered for partial exchange, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the certificated Note so surrendered, without charge to such Holder, a new certificated Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unexchanged portion of the surrendered certificated Note.
(f)    Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee and the Depositary shall reduce the principal amount of such Global Note in their records.
(g)    The issue of stock certificates on exchanges of Notes shall be made without charge to the exchanging Holder of Notes for any taxes or duties in respect of the issue thereof. The Issuer shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax or duty which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of stock in any name other than that of the Holder of any Notes exchanged, and the Issuer shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the Person or Persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Issuer the amount of such tax or duty or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Issuer that such tax has been paid.
(h)    Except as provided in Section 13.02(a), upon exchange, Holders shall not receive any separate cash payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes. Accrued and unpaid interest to the Exchange Date shall be deemed to be paid in full with the payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof, upon exchange, rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. With respect to any exchange with Combination Settlement, accrued and unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid first out of the cash paid upon such exchange.
(i)    The Issuer shall not deliver fractional shares of Common Stock upon exchange of the Notes. If any fractional shares of Common Stock would be issuable upon the exchange of any Note or Notes, the Issuer shall instead pay cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the relevant Exchange Date, in the case of Physical

62




Settlement, or on the final Trading Day of the relevant Exchange Period, in the case of Combination Settlement.
(j)    Except as may be set forth in Section 13.03, the Issuer shall not make any payment or other adjustment for dividends on any Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes.
(k)    The Issuer shall inform the Trustee upon its request if the Notes have become exchangeable under Section 13.01(b).
Section 13.03.     Adjustment of Exchange Rate. The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:
(a)    If the Guarantor issues Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on Common Stock, or if the Guarantor effects a share split or share combination, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER 1  = ER 0  x OS 1
   OS 0

 
where
ER 0 =
the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or the effective date of such share split or share combination;
ER 1 =
the new Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or the effective date of such share split or share combination;
OS 0 =
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Ex-Dividend Date, or effective date of such share split or share combination; and
OS 1 =
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Ex-Dividend Date, or effective date of such share split or share combination but after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination.
If any dividend or distribution described in this paragraph (a) is declared but not so paid or made, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or such subdivision or combination had not been announced.
(b)    If the Guarantor distributes to all, or substantially all, holders of Common Stock any rights, warrants or options entitling them for a period of not more than 60 days after the date of issuance thereof to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock for a period of not more than 60 days after the date of issuance thereof, in either case at an exercise price per share of Common Stock less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the time of announcement of such issuance, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

63




 
ER 1  = ER 0  x (OS 0   + X)
   (OS 0 +Y)

where
ER 0 =
the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
ER 1 =
the new Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
OS 0 =
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
X =
the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, warrants or options; and
Y =
the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of (A) the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, warrants or options and (B) the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement for the issuance of such rights, warrants or options.
If any right, warrant or option described in this paragraph (b) is not exercised or converted prior to the expiration of the exercisability or convertibility thereof, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such right, warrant or option had not been so issued.
For purposes of this Section 13.03(b) and for the purpose of Section 13.01(b)(iii)(A), in determining whether any rights, warrants or options entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement for such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Guarantor for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.
(c)    If the Guarantor distributes shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor to all, or substantially all, holders of Common Stock, excluding:
(A)    dividends, distributions, rights, warrants or options referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 13.03;
(B)    dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash; and
(C)    Spin-Offs described below in this paragraph (c),

64




then the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER 1  = ER 0  x        SP 0    
   (SP 0 -FMV)

where
ER 0 =
the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
ER 1 =
the new Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
SP 0 =
the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
FMV =
the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets or property distributed with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
provided that if “FMV” with respect to any distribution of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor is equal to or greater than “SP 0 ” with respect to such distribution, then in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each holder of Notes shall have the right to receive on the date such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor are distributed to holders of Common Stock, for each Note, the amount of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property of the Guarantor such holder of Notes would have received had such holder of Notes owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to a fraction (x) the numerator of which is the product of the Exchange Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution, and the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by such Holder and (y) the denominator of which is $1,000.
With respect to an adjustment to the Exchange Rate made pursuant to this clause (c), where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution of Common Stock or shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Guarantor (a “ Spin-Off ”), the Exchange Rate in effect immediately before the Close of Business on the effective date of the Spin-Off will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER 1  = ER 0  x ( FMV 0 +MP 0 )
   MP 0

where
ER 0 =
the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the Spin-Off;

65




ER 1 =
the new Exchange Rate immediately after the effective date of the Spin-Off;
FMV 0 =
the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of Common Stock over the first 10 consecutive Trading Days after, and including, the effective date of the Spin-Off; and
MP 0 =
the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the first 10 consecutive Trading Days after the effective date of the Spin-Off.
An adjustment to the Exchange Rate made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph will occur on the 10th Trading Day from and including the effective date of the Spin-Off; provided that in respect of any exchange within the 10 Trading Days following, and including, the effective date of any Spin-Off, references within this paragraph (c) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the effective date of such Spin-Off and the Exchange Date in determining the applicable Exchange Rate.
If any dividend or distribution described in this paragraph (c) is declared but not paid or made, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
For purposes of this Section 13.03(c) (and subject in all respect to Section 13.03(f)), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Guarantor to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“ Trigger Event ”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of the Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 13.03(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 13.03(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 13.03(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 13.03(c) was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or

66




warrants had not been issued and (y) the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.
For purposes of 13.03(a), Section 13.03(b) and this Section 14.03(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 13.03(c) is applicable also includes one or both of:
(A)    a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 13.03(a) is applicable (the “ Clause A Distribution ”); or
(B)    a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 13.03(b) is applicable (the “ Clause B Distribution ”),
then (1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 13.03(c) is applicable (the “ Clause C Distribution ”) and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by this Section 13.03(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and (2) the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 13.03(a) and Section 13.03(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Guarantor, (I) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date, or effective date” within the meaning of Section 13.03(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 13.03(b).
(d)    If the Guarantor makes any cash dividend or distribution to all, or substantially all, holders of outstanding Common Stock, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER 1  = ER 0  x        SP 0    
   (SP 0 -C)
 
 where
ER 0 =
the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
ER 1 =
the new Exchange Rate immediately after the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

67




SP 0 =
the Closing Sale Price of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
C =
the amount in cash per share that the Guarantor distributes to holders of Common Stock;
provided that if “C” with respect to any such cash dividend or distribution is equal to or greater than “SP 0 ” with respect to any such cash dividend or distribution, then in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder of Notes shall have the right to receive on the date such cash is distributed to holders of Common Stock, for each Note, the amount of cash such Holder would have received had such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution.
If any dividend or distribution described in this paragraph (d) is declared but not so paid or made, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
(e)    If the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for Common Stock to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Time ”), the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
ER 1  = ER 0  x (AC+(SP 1   x OS 1 ))
   (SP 1 x OS 0 )

where
ER 0 =
the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
ER 1 =
the Exchange Rate in effect immediately following the Close of Business on the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires;
AC =
the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors) paid or payable for the Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;
OS 0 =
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Time on the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires;
OS 1 =
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Expiration Time on the date such tender or exchange offer expires (after giving effect to the purchase or exchange of shares pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer); and

68




SP 1 =
the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires.
The adjustment to the exchange rate under the preceding paragraph shall occur on the 10th Trading Day from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that in respect of any exchange within 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references with respect to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and the Exchange Date in determining the applicable Exchange Rate.
If the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer but is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchase or all such purchases are rescinded, the new Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made.
(f)    If the Guarantor has in effect a rights plan while any Notes remain outstanding, Holders of Notes will receive, upon an exchange of Notes, in addition to Common Stock, if any, rights under the Guarantor’s stockholder rights agreement unless, prior to exchange, the rights have expired, terminated or been redeemed or unless the rights have separated from the Common Stock. If the rights provided for in the rights plan adopted by the Guarantor have separated from the Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights agreement so that Holders of Notes would not be entitled to receive any rights in respect of any shares of Common Stock delivered upon an exchange of Notes, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Guarantor had distributed, to all holders of Common Stock, capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets or property pursuant to paragraph (c) above, subject to readjustment upon the subsequent expiration, termination or redemption of the rights.
(g)    Notwithstanding this Section 13.03 or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, if any Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective, or any Ex-Dividend Date for any issuance, dividend or distribution (relating to a required Exchange Rate adjustment) occurs, during the period beginning on, and including, the Open of Business on an Exchange Date and ending on, and including, the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of a related Exchange Period (or if the Issuer has elected Physical Settlement with respect to any exchange of Notes, the Close of Business on the third Trading Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date), the Board of Directors shall make adjustments to the Exchange Rate and the amount of cash or number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes, as the case may be, as are necessary or appropriate to effect the intent of this Section 13.03 and the other provisions of this Article 13 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Any adjustment made pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall apply in lieu of the adjustment or other term that would otherwise be applicable.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective on or immediately after any Ex-Dividend Date as described in Section 13.03(a) through

69




13.03(e) above, and a Holder of Notes that has exchanged its Notes would otherwise become the record holder of Common Stock as of the related Exchange Date or the last Trading Day of the related Exchange Period, as the case may be, based on an adjusted Exchange Rate for such Ex-Dividend Date, then, the Exchange Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date will not be made for such exchanging Holder. Instead, such Holder will be deemed to be the holder of record of shares of the Common Stock on an un-adjusted basis and will participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.
(h)    The Issuer shall not make any adjustment to the Exchange Rate if Holders of the Notes are permitted to participate in the transactions described in this Section 13.03 on a basis equivalent to that which would apply if the Notes were exchanged entirely for Common Stock at the then-applicable Exchange Rate. If, however, the application of the foregoing formulas would result in a decrease in the Exchange Rate, no adjustment to the Exchange Rate shall be made (other than as a result of an adjustment pursuant to Section 13.03(a)).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the applicable Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted for:
(i)    the issuance of any Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Issuer or those of the Guarantor and the investment of additional optional amounts in the Common Stock under any plan;
(ii)    the issuance of any Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director, trustee or consultant benefit plan, employee agreement or arrangement or program of the Issuer or the Guarantor;
(iii)    the issuance of any Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right, or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;
(iv)    a change in the par value of the Common Stock;
(v)    accumulated and unpaid dividends or distributions; and
(vi)    the issuance of Units by the Issuer and the issuance of the Common Stock or the payment of cash upon redemption thereof.
Adjustments to the applicable Exchange Rate shall be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share. The Issuer shall not be required to make an adjustment in the Exchange Rate unless the adjustment would require a change of at least 1% of the Exchange Rate. However, the Issuer shall carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the Exchange Rate and shall make such carried forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, upon any exchange or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.
The Guarantor may not take any voluntary actions that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.03(a) through (e) without complying, if applicable, with the stockholder approval rules of the New York Stock Exchange and any similar rule of any

70




United States securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed at the relevant time.  In accordance with such listing standards, this restriction shall apply at any time when the Notes are outstanding, regardless of whether the Guarantor then has a class of securities listed on The New York Stock Exchange.
In addition to those required by Sections 13.03(a) through (e), and subject to the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (and the Aggregate Share Cap), the Issuer from time to time may increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days. In addition, subject to the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (and the Aggregate Share Cap), the Issuer may also (but is not required to) increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event.
Except as set forth above in this Article 13, the Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted.
Whenever the Exchange Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Guarantor or the Issuer shall as promptly as reasonably practicable file with the Trustee and any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Exchange Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Guarantor or the Issuer shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate setting forth the adjusted Exchange Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate to the Holders of the Notes within 20 Business Days of the Effective Date of such adjustment. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.
For purposes of this Section 13.03, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Guarantor but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.
In case:
(i)    the Guarantor shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on the Common Stock that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 13.03; or
(ii)    the Guarantor shall authorize the granting to the holders of all or substantially all of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any share of any class or any other rights or warrants; or
(iii)    of any reclassification or reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding Common Stock, or a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value), or of any consolidation, combination, merger or share exchange to which the Issuer or the Guarantor is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Guarantor is required, or of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor; or

71




(iv)    of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Guarantor;
the Issuer shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and to be mailed to each holder of Notes at its address appearing on the Note Register provided for in Section 2.05 of this Indenture, as promptly as possible but in any event at least 10 calendar days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or rights are to be determined, or (y) (1) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, combination, exchange, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up and (2) either (1) the Issuer will not withhold under Section 1445 of the Code in connection with such exchange, or (2) the Issuer will withhold under Section 1445 of the Code in connection with such exchange if (a) the Issuer, after reasonable efforts, believes that the Guarantor is not, or has not been able to determine whether the Guarantor is, a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” as defined in Section 897(h) of the Code, or (b) there has been a change in relevant law, facts, or circumstances such that the Issuer, after reasonable efforts, believes that it is appropriate to withhold under Section 1445 of the Code, unless another exception to withholding is available at such time. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such dividend, distribution, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
(i)    Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Issuer to calculate the Closing Sale Prices, the volume-weighted average price, the Daily Exchange Values or the Daily Settlement Amounts over, or based on, a span of multiple calendar days (including an Exchange Period, Valuation Period or Averaging Period), the Issuer shall make appropriate adjustments to each to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Closing Sale Prices, the volume-weighted average prices, the Daily Exchange Values or the Daily Settlement Amounts are to be calculated.
Section 13.04.     Exchange Rate Adjustment After Make-Whole Fundamental Change. (a) Subject to the provisions hereof, if a Noteholder elects to exchange its Notes in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Issuer will increase the applicable Exchange Rate for the Notes so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Additional Shares ”) as specified below; provided that the Additional Shares will only be payable as set forth below. An exchange of Notes will be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such a Make-Whole Fundamental Change if the Exchange Date occurs during the period from the effective date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change until the corresponding Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is not also a Fundamental Change, the 35th Business Day immediately following the effective date for such Make-Whole Fundament Change.

72




Upon surrender of Notes for exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Issuer shall, at its option, satisfy its Exchange Obligation by Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, as described under Section 13.02(b). However, if the consideration received by holders of the Common Stock in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any exchange of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Settlement Amount will be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and will be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of exchanged Notes equal to the Exchange Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 13.04), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Issuer shall satisfy its Exchange Obligation by paying cash to exchanging Holders on the third Business Day immediately following the Exchange Date.
(b)    The number of Additional Shares will be determined by reference to the table in paragraph (e) below and is based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change transaction becomes effective (the “ Effective Date ”) and the price (the “ Stock Price ”) paid per share of Common Stock in such transaction. If the holders of Common Stock receive only cash in the relevant Make-Whole Fundamental Change transaction, the Stock Price will equal the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock. In all other cases, the Stock Price will equal the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock on the 10 consecutive Trading Days up to but excluding the Effective Date.
(c)    The Stock Prices set forth in the first row of the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices will equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted.
(d)    The number of Additional Shares will be adjusted in the same manner and for the same events as the Exchange Rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 13.03.
(e)    The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares by which the Exchange Rate will be increased per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each Stock Price and Effective Date set forth below:
 
 
Stock Price
Effective Date
 
17.39
 
19.50
 
21.30
 
22.50
 
25.00
 
30.00
 
35.00
 
40.00
 
50.00
 
60.00
 
70.00
 
80.00
 
90.00
November 27, 2013
 
10.5620

 
9.0353

 
7.3845

 
6.5630

 
5.3303

 
3.9351

 
3.1700

 
2.6672

 
2.0880

 
1.5802

 
1.2753

 
1.0470

 
0.8698

November 15, 2014
 
10.5620

 
8.1468

 
6.4363

 
5.6108

 
4.4206

 
3.1733

 
2.5416

 
2.1389

 
1.6141

 
1.2715

 
1.0272

 
0.8441

 
0.7017

November 15, 2015
 
10.5620

 
7.1830

 
5.3717

 
4.5334

 
3.3877

 
2.3253

 
1.8509

 
1.5595

 
1.1789

 
0.9286

 
0.7501

 
0.6161

 
0.5120

November 15, 2016
 
10.5620

 
6.1582

 
4.1776

 
3.3081

 
2.2264

 
1.4127

 
1.1213

 
0.9478

 
0.7164

 
0.5629

 
0.4533

 
0.3711

 
0.3071

November 15, 2017
 
10.5620

 
5.0581

 
2.7335

 
1.8131

 
0.8723

 
0.4506

 
0.3607

 
0.3042

 
0.2259

 
0.1736

 
0.1363

 
0.1083

 
0.0866

November 15, 2018
 
10.5620

 
4.3398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)    If the exact Stock Price and Effective Date are not set forth on the table above, then:

73




(i)    if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table or the Effective Date is between two dates in the table, the Additional Shares will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the two dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;
(ii)    if the Stock Price is in excess of $90.00 per share of Common Stock (the “ Adjustment Cap ”) (subject to adjustment) no Additional Shares will be added to the applicable Exchange Rate; and
(iii)    if the Stock Price is less than $17.39 per share of Common Stock (the “ Adjustment Floor ”) (subject to adjustment) no Additional Shares will be added to the applicable Exchange Rate.
The Adjustment Cap and Adjustment Floor shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is adjusted pursuant to Section 13.03. The adjusted Adjustment Cap or Adjustment Floor, as the case may be, shall equal the Adjustment Cap or Adjustment Floor, as the case may be, applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted.
(g)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13.04 to the contrary, in no event will the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes exceed 57.5043 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 13.03 and subject further to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the Exchange Share Cap.
Section 13.05.     Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale . (a) If any of the following events occur:
(i)    any recapitalization, reclassification or change of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes (other than a change as a result of a subdivision or combination, or any other change for which an adjustment is provided in Section 13.03);
(ii)    any consolidation, merger or combination involving the Guarantor with another Person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock; or
(iii)    any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to any other Person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock,
(any such event, a “ Merger Event ”) then, at the effective time of the Merger Event, the Guarantor or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing that the Notes shall be

74




exchangeable for the kind and amount of shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance (the “ Reference Property ”) by a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange for such Notes (assuming, for such purposes, a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Stock available to exchange all such Notes) immediately prior to such Merger Event. However, at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (A) the Issuer shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, as set forth in Section 13.02 and (B)(1) any amount payable in cash upon exchange of the Notes as set forth in Section 13.02 will continue to be payable in cash, (2) any shares of Common Stock that the Issuer would have been required to deliver upon exchange of the notes as set forth in Section 13.02 will instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have received in such transaction and (3) VWAP will be calculated based on the value of the amount and kind of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock would have received in such transaction. If the Merger Event causes Common Stock to be exchanged for the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the Reference Property for which the Notes will be exchangeable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock that affirmatively make such election. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 13. If, in the case of any such recapitalization, reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, the Reference Property receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination of the foregoing) of a corporation other than the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing.
The Issuer shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the Note Register maintained by the Note Registrar, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture. The above provisions of this Section 13.05 shall similarly apply to successive recapitalizations, reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, combinations, sales and conveyances.
(b)    The Guarantor shall not become a party to any such transaction unless its terms are consistent with this Section 13.05.
Section 13.06.     Ownership Limit and Withholding .
(a)    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture, no Holder of Notes will be entitled to receive Common Stock following exchange of such Notes to the extent that receipt of such Common Stock would cause such Holder to exceed the ownership limits contained in the Guarantor’s charter. If any delivery of shares of Common Stock owed to a

75




Holder upon exchange of Notes is not made, in whole or in part, as a result of the limitations described in this Section 13.06(a), the Issuer’s obligation to make such delivery shall not be extinguished and the Issuer shall deliver such shares as promptly as practicable after any such exchanging Holder gives notice to the Issuer that such delivery would not result in it being the beneficial or constructive owner of more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time.
(b)    At the Maturity Date, upon earlier repurchase of the Notes or at any time a payment is made with respect to the Notes, and as otherwise required by law, the Issuer may deduct and withhold from such amount otherwise deliverable to the Holder the amount required to be deducted and withheld under applicable law, and such amount shall be deemed paid to such Holder for all purposes of this Indenture.
Section 13.07.     Calculations in Respect of Notes. Except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in the Notes, all calculations to be made in respect of the Notes shall be the obligation of the Issuer. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Closing Sale Price or the volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock, the Daily Settlement Amounts, the Daily Exchange Values, the Exchange Share Cap, the Aggregate Share Cap, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Exchange Rate and the Exchange Price. All calculations made by the Issuer or its agent as contemplated pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Notes shall be made in good faith and be final and binding on the Notes and the Holders of the Notes absent manifest error. The Issuer shall provide a schedule of calculations to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy of the calculations by the Issuer without independent verification. The Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall forward calculations made by the Issuer to any Holder of Notes upon request. None of the Trustee, the Note Registrar, the Paying Agent, the Exchange Agent and the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Issuer) shall have any responsibility to determine the Trading Price of the Notes or the Closing Sale Price or whether the conditions to exchange specified in Article 13 have been satisfied.

ARTICLE 14
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES
 
Section 14.01.     Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called. A meeting of Holders of Notes may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article 14 to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Notes.
Section 14.02.     Call, Notice and Place of Meetings. (a) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Notes, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 16.03, not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
(b)    In case at any time the Issuer, pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Guarantor, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have requested the

76




Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Holders of Notes in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section 14.02.
Section 14.03.     Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Notes, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more outstanding Notes, or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more outstanding Notes by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Issuer and the Guarantor and their respective counsel.
Section 14.04.     Quorum; Action. The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Notes; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes after the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Notes, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at the reconvening of any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days; at the reconvening of any meeting adjourned or further adjourned for lack of a quorum, the persons entitled to vote 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum for the taking of any action set forth in the notice of the original meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 14.02(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened.
Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented at such meeting; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

77




Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Notes duly held in accordance with this Section 14.04 shall be binding on all the Holders of Notes, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.04, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Notes with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all outstanding Notes affected thereby:
(i)    there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and
(ii)    the principal amount of the outstanding Notes that vote in favor of such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.
Section 14.05.     Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings. (a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Notes in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Notes shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 8.01 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 8.01 or by having the signature of the Person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by Section 8.01 to certify to the holding of the Notes. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 8.01 or other proof.
(b)    The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Issuer, the Guarantor or by Holders of Notes as provided in Section 14.02(b), in which case the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Holders of Notes calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented at the meeting.
(c)    At any meeting each Holder of such Notes or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the outstanding Notes held or represented by him; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of Notes or proxy.

78




(d)    Any meeting of Holders of Notes duly called pursuant to Section 14.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
Section 14.06. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Notes or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the outstanding Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Notes shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 14.02 and, if applicable, Section 14.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Issuer and the Guarantor and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

ARTICLE 15
GUARANTEE
Section 15.01.     Guarantee. By its execution hereof, the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Issuer and that the Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, such substantial benefits. Accordingly, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, the Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and Interest on the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at the Maturity Date, upon acceleration, upon repurchase due to a Fundamental Change or otherwise, and Interest on overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) Interest on any overdue Interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes (including fees, expenses or other) shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at the Maturity Date, by acceleration, upon repurchase due to a Fundamental Change or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 15.03 hereof (collectively, the “ Guarantee Obligations ”).

79




Subject to the provisions of this Article 15, the Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any thereof, the entry of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes: (a) any right to require the Trustee, the Holders or the Issuer (each, a “ Benefited Party ”) to proceed against the Issuer or any other Person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by a Benefited Party at any time or to pursue any other remedy in any secured party’s power before proceeding against the Guarantor; (b) any defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any other Person or Persons or the failure of a Benefited Party to file or enforce a claim against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of any other Person or Persons; (c) demand, protest and notice of any kind (except as expressly required by this Indenture), including but not limited to notice of the existence, creation or incurring of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part of the Guarantor, the Issuer, any Benefited Party, any creditor of the Guarantor or the Issuer or on the part of any other Person whomsoever in connection with any obligations the performance of which are hereby guaranteed; (d) any defense based upon an election of remedies by a Benefited Party, including but not limited to an election to proceed against the Guarantor for reimbursement; (e) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (f) any defense arising because of a Benefited Party’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Law, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (g) any defense based on any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Guarantor hereby covenants that, except as otherwise provided therein, the Guarantee shall not be discharged except by payment in full of all Guarantee Obligations, including the principal and Interest on the Notes and all other costs provided for under this Indenture or as provided in Article 7.
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, or any trustee or similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or the Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. The Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guarantee Obligations hereby until payment in full of all such obligations guaranteed hereby. The Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes hereof, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantee Obligations, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Guarantee Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee.
Section 15.02.     Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 15.01 hereof, the Guarantor agrees that a notation of the Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and

80




delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of the Guarantor by an officer of the Guarantor.
The Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee set forth in this Article 15 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of the Guarantee.
If an officer whose facsimile signature is on a Note or a notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which the Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.
Section 15.03.     Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events. (a) The Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under this Article 15 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor, result in the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
(b)    The Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees, to the fullest extent that it may do so under applicable law, that in the event of the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, the Guarantor shall not file (or join in any filing of), or otherwise seek to participate in the filing of, any motion or request seeking to stay or to prohibit (even temporarily) execution on the Guarantee and hereby waives and agrees not to take the benefit of any such stay of execution, whether under Section 362 or 105 of the Bankruptcy Law or otherwise.
Section 15.04.     Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Guarantor. (a) For purposes of any provision of this Indenture which provides for the delivery by the Guarantor of an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, the definitions of such terms in Section 1.01 hereof shall apply to the Guarantor as if references therein to the Issuer or the General Partner, as applicable, were references to the Guarantor.
(b)    Any request, direction, order or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is to be made by the Guarantor shall be sufficient if evidenced as described in Section 16.03 hereof as if references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor.
(c)    Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes to or on the Guarantor may be given or served as described in Section 16.03 hereof as if references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor.

81




(d)    Upon any demand, request or application by the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as are required in Section 16.05 hereof as if all references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor.
ARTICLE 16
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 16.01.     Provisions Binding on Issuer’s and Guarantor’s Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements by the Issuer or Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.
Section 16.02.     Official Acts by Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Issuer shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any Person that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Issuer or Guarantor.
Section 16.03.     Addresses for Notices, etc. Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes on the Issuer or Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box, or sent by overnight courier, or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows:
To Issuer:
American Residential Properties OP, L.P.
7047 East Greenway Parkway, Suite 350
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254
Telecopier No.: (480) 264-2943
Attention: General Partner
To Guarantor:
American Residential Properties, Inc.
7047 East Greenway Parkway, Suite 350
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254
Telecopier No.: (480) 264-2943
Attention: Shant Koumriqian
Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, when received after being given or served by being deposited, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box, or sent by overnight courier, or sent by facsimile transmission addressed as follows:

82




U.S. Bank National Association
Global Corporate Trust Services
101 North First Avenue, Suite 1600
Phoenix, Arizona 85003
Attention: Mary Ambriz-Reyes
Facsimile No.: (602) 257-5433
The Trustee, by notice to the Issuer, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, any notice or communication to a Noteholder shall be given through the facilities of the Depositary in accordance with the Depositary’s customary procedures; provided , however , that notices to holders holding certificated Notes shall be given by mail to the addresses of such Holders as they appear in the Note Register.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed or given in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
Section 16.04.     Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
Section 16.05.     Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent, Certificates to Trustee . U pon any application or demand by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and, if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, such person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.
Section 16.06.     Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity Date of any Note, or the last

83




date on which a Holder has the right to exchange a Note, shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note other than a provision in such Note which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu hereof), any such action relating to the payment of Interest or principal or exchange of such security may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on the Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity Date, or on such last day for exchange, provided that no Interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity Date, as the case may be.
Section 16.07.     Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, then solely in the event that this Agreement becomes subject to qualification under the Trust Indenture Act or is otherwise qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
Section 16.08.     No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction in which property of the Issuer or its subsidiaries is located.
Section 16.09.     Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
Section 16.10.     Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 16.11.     Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 16.12.     Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

84




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
American Residential GP LLC, as general partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
American Residential Properties, Inc., as its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Name: Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC., as Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Name: Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Mary Ambriz-Reyes
 
 
 
 
Name: Mary Ambriz-Reyes
 
 
 
 
Title: Vice President








85




EXHIBIT A
[Include only for Global Notes]
[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE “DEPOSITARY,” WHICH TERM INCLUDES ANY SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY FOR THE CERTIFICATES) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREIN IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]
[Include for all Notes]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER, AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC. OR A SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER; OR (B) TO A PERSON THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A ADOPTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, ALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A (IF AVAILABLE).
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
 
CUSIP: 02927F AA0
 
 
ISIN: US02927FAA03

3.25% EXCHANGEABLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
$[______]
American Residential Properties OP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (herein called the “ Issuer ,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [______] DOLLARS ($[____]), or such lesser amount as is set forth in the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Note on the other side of this Note, on November 15, 2018 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for that purpose in

A-1




accordance with the terms of the Indenture, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, and to pay Interest, semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2014, on said principal sum at said office or agency, in like coin or currency, at the rate per annum of 3.25%, from the May 15 or November 15, as the case may be, next preceding the date of this Note to which Interest has been paid or duly provided for, unless no Interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Notes, in which case from November 27, 2013, until payment of said principal sum has been made or duly provided for. Principal of and Interest on any Global Note shall be paid in immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. Payment of the principal of Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be made at the office or agency designated by the Issuer for such purpose. Interest on Notes not represented by a Global Note shall be paid (i) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes and (ii) to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each Holder or, upon application by a Holder to the Registrar not later than the relevant Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Registrar to the contrary.
The Issuer promises to pay Interest on overdue principal and (to the extent that payment of such Interest is enforceable under applicable law) Interest at the rate borne by the Notes.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right at its option to exchange this Note into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, at the election of the Issuer, on the terms and subject to the limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.

A-2




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed.     
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
American Residential GP LLC, as its general partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
American Residential Properties, Inc., as its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:


A-3




TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.     
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 



  

A-4




[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
3.25% EXCHANGEABLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of November 27, 2013 (herein called the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) or 6.01(a)(11) of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor (and to the Trustee if given by Noteholders), may declare the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(10) or 6.01(a)(11) of the Indenture occurs and is continuing, then the principal amount of and Interest accrued and unpaid on all the Notes shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Issuer and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes, subject to exceptions set forth in Section 9.01 and Section 9.02 of the Indenture. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any past default or Event of Default, subject to the exceptions set forth in the Indenture.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall impair, as among the Issuer and the Holder of the Notes, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and Interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin or currency herein and in the Indenture prescribed.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The Notes are issuable in fully registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Issuer referred to in the Indenture, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without payment of any service charge but with

A-5




payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration or exchange of Notes, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of any other authorized denominations.
The Notes are not subject to redemption or to the provisions of any sinking fund.
Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, Holders shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Indenture.
Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof shall have the right at its option to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of this Note into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, at the election of the Issuer as provided in, and subject to the provisions of, Article 13 of the Indenture, including the Aggregate Share Cap and the Exchange Share Cap for so long as such limitations shall apply .
In the event the Holder surrenders this Note for exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change as set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer will, under the circumstances specified in the Indenture, increase the applicable Exchange Rate by the Additional Shares as and when provided in the Indenture.
Except as expressly provided in Article 15 of the Indenture, no recourse for the payment of the principal of (including the repurchase price upon repurchase pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture) or Interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer in the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or in this Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, partner, member, manager, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s Subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, either directly or through the Guarantor, the Issuer or any of the Guarantor’s or Issuer’s subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of this Note.
In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 27, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

A-6




ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

TEN–COM
as tenants in common
 
 
TEN–ENT
as tenant by the entireties
 
 
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
 
 
Cust
Custodian
 
 
JT–TEN
as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
 

A-7




GUARANTEE
American Residential Properties, Inc., a Maryland Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantor ,” which term includes any successors or assigns under the Indenture, dated the date hereof, among the Guarantor, the Issuer (defined below) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “ Indenture ”)), hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees on a senior basis on the terms set forth in the Indenture the Guarantee Obligations (as defined in Section 15.01 of the Indenture), which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and Interest on the 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”) of American Residential Properties OP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Issuer, ” which term includes any successors thereto under the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon a repurchase or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of Interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) Interest on any overdue Interest on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer, to the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 15 of the Indenture, and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon a repurchase or otherwise.
The obligations of the Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 15 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee.
The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, the benefit of discussion, protest or notice with respect to the Notes and all demands whatsoever.
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder (direct or indirect) of the Guarantor (or any such successor entity) as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
This is a continuing Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until legally discharged in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder of the Notes or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.
This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.

A-8




The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to ensure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
THE TERMS OF ARTICLE 15 OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.
The Guarantee shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

A-9




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC., as Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:


A-10




EXCHANGE NOTICE
TO:
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the option to exchange this Note, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or a multiple thereof) below designated, into cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that the shares of Common Stock, if any, issuable and deliverable upon such exchange, together with any check in payment for cash, if any, payable upon exchange or for fractional shares and any Notes representing any unexchanged principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. If shares or any portion of this Note not exchanged are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will provide the appropriate information below and pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. If any shares due upon exchange shall not be delivered as a result of the Exchange Share Cap set forth in the Indenture, delivery of such shares shall be made in accordance with the instructions set forth below following the date on which (x) the elimination of the Aggregate Share Cap is approved by the Issuer’s stockholders or (y) the Aggregate Share Cap is no longer required under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of Interest accompanies this Note.
The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby certifies that it or the Person on whose behalf the Notes are being exchanged is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature(s)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution  meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”)  or such other signature guarantee program  as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Guarantee
 
 
 
 
 

A-11




Fill in the registration of shares of Common Stock, if any, if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, and the person to whom cash and payment for fractional shares is to be made, if to be made, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:
 
 
 
 
Please print name and address
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Name)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Street Address)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(City, State and Zip Code)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal amount to be exchanged
(if less than all):
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE: The signature on this Exchange Notice must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

A-12




REPURCHASE NOTICE
TO:
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from American Residential Properties OP, L.P. (the “ Issuer ”) regarding the right of Holders to elect to require the Issuer to repurchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change and requests and instructs the Issuer to repay the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in cash, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture at the price of 100% of such entire principal amount or portion thereof, together with accrued and unpaid Interest to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date to the registered holder hereof. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. The Notes shall be repurchased by the Issuer as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.
NOTICE: The above signatures of the holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Note Certificate Number (if applicable):______________________________________________________
Principal amount to be repurchased (if less than all, must be $1,000 or whole multiples thereof): _________________________________________
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number:_____________________________
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature(s)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “ eligible guarantor institution ” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “ signature guarantee program ” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Guarantee
 
 
 
 
 


A-13




ASSIGNMENT
For value received __________________ hereby sell(s) assign(s) and transfer(s) unto ______________________ (Please insert social security or other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________ attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Issuer, with full power of substitution in the premises.
In connection with any transfer of the Note, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being transferred:
To American Residential Properties OP, L.P., American Residential Properties, Inc. or a subsidiary of American Residential Properties OP, L.P.; or
To a “ qualified institutional buyer ” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature(s)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “ eligible guarantor institution ” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “ signature guarantee program ” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature Guarantee
 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE: The signature on this Assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

A-14




[Include Schedule I only for a Global Note]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN NOTE
The initial principal amount of this Global Note is [_______] DOLLARS ($[_____]). The following increases or decreases in part of this Note have been made:
Date
Amount of Increase in Principal Amount of this Note
Amount of Decrease in Principal Amount of this Note
Principal Amount of this Note following such Increase or Decrease
Signature of Authorized Officer or Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


A-15



Exhibit 10.1


AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC.
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018
Registration Rights Agreement

November 27, 2013

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED

As Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers
listed in
Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement
c/o
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway, 29th Floor
New York, NY 10036
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
American Residential Properties OP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”), for whom you (the “ Representatives ”) are acting as representatives, its 3.25% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement by and among the Operating Partnership, American Residential Properties, Inc. (the “ Company ”), a Maryland corporation and the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, and the Representatives, dated November 21, 2013 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), relating to the initial placement (the “ Initial Placement ”) of the Notes. Upon an exchange of Notes at the option of the holder thereof, the Operating Partnership will be required to deliver cash, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Company Common Stock ”) or a combination of cash and shares of Company Common Stock, at the election of the Operating Partnership. The Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the Company. To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy their obligations thereunder, the holders of the Notes will have the benefit of this registration rights agreement (this “ Agreement ”) by and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and the Initial Purchasers whereby the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes and the Registrable Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “ Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Holders ”), as follows:
1.     Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:





Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.
Affiliate ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act.
Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a Shelf Registration Statement filed by a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer which shall become effective upon filing thereof pursuant to General Instruction I.D for Form S-3.
Broker-Dealer ” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.
Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
Close of Business ” shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.
Closing Date ” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Notes.
Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Company Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Control ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.
Deferral Period ” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 3(i) hereof.
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Exchange Price ” shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.
Final Memorandum ” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated November 21, 2013, relating to the Notes, including any and all annexes thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date.
FINRA Rules ” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of November 27, 2013, by and among the Operating Partnership, the Company, as guarantor, and U.S. Bank

2



National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Initial Placement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) hereof.
Maturity Date ” shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.
Majority Holders ” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the shares of Company Common Stock that are registered under the Shelf Registration Statement.
Managing Underwriters ” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, conducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof.
Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Notice and Questionnaire ” shall mean a written notice delivered to the Company substantially in the form attached as Annex A to the Final Memorandum.
Notice Holder ” shall mean, on any date, any Holder that has delivered a Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to such date.
Operating Partnership ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Prospectus ” shall mean a prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A or Rule 430B under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Company Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein.
Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Registrable Securities ” shall mean shares of Company Common Stock, if any, deliverable by the Operating Partnership upon exchange of the Notes initially sold to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement other than such shares of Company Common Stock that have (i) been registered under the Shelf Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance therewith, (ii) become eligible to be transferred without condition as contemplated by Rule 144 under the Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission or (iii) ceased to be outstanding.
Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

3



Representatives ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Scheduled Trading Day ” shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.
Shelf Registration Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof which covers some or all of the Company Common Stock on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. References to “Shelf Registration Statement” shall be deemed to mean “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” if, at the time of its filing, the Company is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer.
Trading Day ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
Underwriter ” shall mean any underwriter of Company Common Stock in connection with an offering thereof under the Shelf Registration Statement.
Well-Known Seasoned Issuer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Act.
2.     Shelf Registration . (a) The Company shall file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the Holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to the 245 th day after the Closing Date.
(b)    The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period (the “ Shelf Registration Period ”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or is declared effective by the Commission, as the case may be, to and including the earlier of (i) the 20 th Trading Day immediately following the Maturity Date (subject to extension for any suspension of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement during such 20 -Trading Day period immediately following the Maturity Date) or (ii) the date upon which there are no Notes or Registrable Securities outstanding. The Company shall be deemed not to have used its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Registrable Securities not being able to offer and sell such Registrable Securities at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, or (y) permitted by Section 3(i) hereof.

4



(c)    The Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(d)    Subject to applicable law, the Company shall issue a press release through a reputable national newswire service announcing the anticipated effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement at least 15 Business Days prior to such anticipated effective date. Each Holder, in order to be named in the Shelf Registration Statement at the time of its initial effectiveness, will be required to deliver a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information as the Company may reasonably request in writing, if any, to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement as announced in the press release. From and after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, as promptly as is practicable after the date a Notice and Questionnaire is delivered, and in any event within 10 Business Days after such date, (i) if required by applicable law, to file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or to prepare and, if permitted or required by applicable law, to file a supplement to the Prospectus or an amendment or supplement to any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire is named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, and so that such Holder is permitted to deliver such Prospectus to purchasers of the Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law ( provided that the Company shall not be required to file more than one supplement or post-effective amendment in any 30-day period in accordance with this Section 2(d)(i)) and, if the Company shall file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective under the Act as promptly as is practicable; (ii) provide such Holder, upon request, copies of any documents filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) hereof; and (iii) notify such Holder as promptly as practicable after the effectiveness under the Act of any post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) hereof; provided that if such Notice and Questionnaire is delivered during a Deferral Period, the Company shall so inform the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire and shall take the actions set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above upon expiration of the Deferral Period in accordance with Section 3(i) hereof. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to name any Holder that is not a Notice Holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus; provided, however , that any Holder that becomes a Notice Holder pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2(d) (whether or not such Holder was a Notice Holder at the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement) shall be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus in accordance with the requirements of this Section 2(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Notes are exchanged as provided for in Article 13 of the Indenture, then the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file the post-effective amendment or supplement within 10 Business Days of date of such exchange, or if such Notice and Questionnaire is delivered during a Deferral Period, upon expiration of the Deferral Period.

5



3.     Registration Procedures . The following provisions shall apply in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.
(a)    The Company shall:
(i)    furnish to each of the Representatives and to counsel for the Notice Holders, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus (other than amendments and supplements that do nothing more than name Notice Holders and provide information with respect thereto and other than filings by the Company under the Exchange Act) and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representatives reasonably propose; and
(ii)    include information regarding the Notice Holders and the methods of distribution they have elected for their Registrable Securities provided to the Company in Notices and Questionnaires as necessary to permit such distribution by the methods specified therein.
(b)    The Company shall ensure that:
(i)    the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, and any Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, comply in all material respects with the Act; and
(ii)    the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto do not, when each becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
(c)    The Company shall advise the Representatives, the Notice Holders and any Underwriter that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and confirm such advice in writing, if requested (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii) - (v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):
(i)    when the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto have been filed with the Commission and when the Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
(ii)    of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;
(iii)    of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;

6



(iv)    of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Company Common Stock included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
(v)    of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(d)    The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof. The Company shall undertake additional commercially reasonable actions as required to permit unrestricted resales of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(e)    Upon request, the Company shall furnish, in electronic or physical form, to each Notice Holder, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if a Notice Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
(f)    During the Shelf Registration Period, the Company shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Notice Holder, and any sales or placement agents or underwriters acting on their behalf, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the preliminary Prospectus, if any) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the foregoing in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities.
(g)    Prior to any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange for the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale under the laws of such U.S. jurisdictions as any Notice Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated by this Agreement to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement or any offering pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
(h)    Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Company shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by Section 3(i) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to subsequent purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus

7



will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(i)    Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development, public filings with the Commission or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Notice Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement is suspended and, upon receipt of any such notice, each Notice Holder agrees: (i) not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Notice Holder receives copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 3(i) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus; and (ii) to hold such notice in confidence. Except in the case of a suspension of the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus solely as the result of the filing of a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to add additional selling securityholders therein, the period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and any Prospectus is suspended (the “ Deferral Period ”) shall not exceed 45 days in any calendar quarter or 90 days in any calendar year; provided, however , that, if the event triggering the Deferral Period relates to a proposed or pending material business transaction, the disclosure of which the board of directors of the Company has determined in good faith would be reasonably likely to impede the Company’s ability to consummate the transaction or would otherwise be materially detrimental to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, the Company may extend the Deferral Period from 45 days to 60 days in any calendar quarter or from 90 days to 120 days in any calendar year.
(j)    The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its securityholders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of the 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement.
(k)    The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company may exclude from the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
(l)    Subject to Section 6 hereof, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the

8



Registrable Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain customary indemnification provisions and procedures.
(m)    Subject to Section 6 hereof, for persons who are or may be “underwriters” with respect to the Company Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes within the meaning of the Act and who make appropriate requests for information to be used solely for the purpose of taking reasonable steps to establish a due diligence or similar defense in connection with the proposed sale of such Company Common Stock pursuant to the Shelf Registration, the Company shall:
(i)    make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Registrable Securities, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company and its subsidiaries;
(ii)    cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations;
(iii)    make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Company Common Stock registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
(iv)    obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;
(v)    obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Shelf Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and the Underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and
(vi)    deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 3(h) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

9



Subject to Section 6 hereof, the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (m) shall be performed in connection with any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.
(n)    In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Company Common Stock or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “participate in an offering” (within the meaning of the FINRA Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Company Common Stock or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company shall, upon the reasonable request of such Broker-Dealer, comply with any such reasonable request of such Broker-Dealer in complying with the FINRA Rules.
(o)    The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Company Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement.
4.     Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2 and 3 hereof and shall reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Sidley Austin LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith.
5.     Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company and the Operating Partnership agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Company Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder or Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any such Holder or Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the Company and the Operating Partnership will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein.

10



The Company and the Operating Partnership also agree to indemnify as provided in this Section 5(a) or contribute as provided in Section 5(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Company Common Stock registered under the Shelf Registration Statement, its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this paragraph (a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 3(l) hereof.
(b)    Each Holder of securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser that is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Operating Partnership, each of the Company’s directors, each of the Company’s officers who signs the Shelf Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Operating Partnership to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement shall be acknowledged by each Notice Holder that is not an Initial Purchaser in such Notice Holder’s Notice and Questionnaire and shall be in addition to any liability that any such Notice Holder may otherwise have.
(c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it has been materially prejudiced through the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any action shall be brought against an indemnified party and it shall have notified the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within

11



a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate law firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified persons. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.
(d)    In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Notes, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company and the Operating Partnership shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Company Common Stock registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro

12



rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 5, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company or the Operating Partnership within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or the Operating Partnership who shall have signed the Shelf Registration Statement and each director of the Company or the Operating Partnership shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Operating Partnership, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
(e)    The provisions of this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or the Operating Partnership or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 5, and shall survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement.
6.     Underwritten Registrations . (a) In no event will the method of distribution of Registrable Securities take the form of an underwritten offering without the prior written consent of the Company. Consent may be conditioned on waivers of any of the obligations in Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5 hereof.
(b)    If any Registrable Securities are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Company, subject to the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c)    No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement unless such person: (i) agrees to sell such person’s Registrable Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
7.     Registration Defaults . If any of the following events shall occur (each, a “ Registration Default ”), then the Company shall pay additional interest on the Notes (“ Additional Interest ”) to the Holders as follows:
(a)    if the Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with the Commission and become or declared effective , as the case may be, on or prior to the 245 th day after the Closing Date, then commencing on the 246 th day after the Closing Date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the 246 th day after the Closing Date and 0.50% per annum thereafter; or

13



(b)    if the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared or becomes effective but ceases to be effective or usable for the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities, other than in connection with (i) a Deferral Period or (ii) as a result of a requirement to file a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to make changes to the information regarding selling securityholders or the plan of distribution provided for therein, at any time during the Shelf Registration Period and the Company does not cure the lapse of effectiveness or usability within 10 Business Days (or, if a Deferral Period is then in effect and subject to the 10 -Business Day filing requirement and the proviso regarding the filing of post-effective amendments in Section 2(d) with respect to any Notice and Questionnaire received during such period, within 10 Business Days following the expiration of such Deferral Period or period permitted pursuant to Section 2(d)), then Additional Interest shall accrue on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the day following such 10th Business Day and 0.50% per annum thereafter; or
(c)    if the Company through its omission fails to name as a selling securityholder any Holder that had complied timely with its obligations hereunder in a manner to entitle such Holder to be so named in (i) the Shelf Registration Statement at the time it first became effective or (ii) any Prospectus at the later of time of filing thereof or the time the Shelf Registration Statement of which the Prospectus forms a part becomes effective, then Additional Interest shall accrue, on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the day following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement or the time of filing of such Prospectus, as the case may be, and 0.50% per annum thereafter; or
(d)    if the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any period exceeds the number of days permitted in respect of such period pursuant to Section 3(i) hereof, then commencing on the day the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any period exceeds the number of days permitted in respect of such period, Additional Interest shall accrue on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including such date, and 0.50% per annum thereafter;
provided, however , that (1) upon the filing and effectiveness (whether upon such filing or otherwise) of the Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of paragraph (a) above), (2) upon such time as the Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective or usable for resales again becomes effective and usable for resales (in the case of paragraph (b) above), (3) upon the time such Holder is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus in accordance with applicable law (in the case of paragraph (c) above), (4) upon the termination of the Deferral Period that caused the limit on the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in a period set forth in 3(i) to be exceeded (in the case of paragraph (d) above), or (5) in any case, notwithstanding the preceding clauses (1) through (4), upon the earlier of the two dates provided in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2(b), Additional Interest shall cease to accrue.
Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to this Section 7 will be payable in cash on the next succeeding interest payment date to Holders entitled to receive such Additional

14



Interest on the relevant record dates for the payment of interest. If any Note ceases to be outstanding during any period for which Additional Interest is accruing, the Company will prorate the Additional Interest payable with respect to such Note.
The Additional Interest rate on the Notes shall not exceed in the aggregate 0.50% per annum and shall not be payable under more than one clause above for any given period of time, except that if Additional Interest would be payable because of more than one Registration Default, but at a rate of 0.25% per annum under one Registration Default and at a rate of 0.50% per annum under the other, then the Additional Interest rate shall be the higher rate of 0.50% per annum.
Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, in no event shall interest, including Additional Interest, accrue to holders of shares of Company Common Stock issued upon exchange of Notes. However, if there exists a Registration Default with respect to the Registrable Securities on the Maturity Date, in addition to any Additional Interest otherwise payable, the Operating Partnership shall make a cash payment to each Holder of the Notes of an amount equal to 3% of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding (within the meaning of Section 4.12 of the Indenture) and held by such Holder as of the Close of Business on the third Scheduled Trading Day immediately prior to the Maturity Date. Accordingly, and for the avoidance of doubt, should the Maturity Date occur during a period in which a Registration Default exists, all record holders of Notes outstanding on the third Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date will receive the cash payment specified in the preceding sentence regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged on or after August 15, 2018 and prior to such third Scheduled Trading Day preceding the Maturity Date.
8.     No Inconsistent Agreements . Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has entered into, and each agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the registration rights granted to the Holders herein.
9.     Rule 144A and Rule 144 . So long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the written request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A of the Act. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9 shall be deemed to require the Company or the Operating Partnership to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.
10.     Listing . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the approval of the Company Common Stock for listing on the New York Stock Exchange.

15



11.     Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, modification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further , that no amendment, qualification, modification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 7 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided, further , that the provisions of this Section 11 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder.
12.     Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier, email or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(a)    if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Notice and Questionnaire;
(b)    if to the Initial Purchasers or the Representatives, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and
(c)    if to the Company or the Operating Partnership, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.
The Initial Purchasers, the Company or the Operating Partnership by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices given to Holders holding Notes in book-entry form may be given through the facilities of DTC or any successor depository.
13.     Remedies . Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to it herein or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and the Operating Partnership agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
14.     Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company or the Operating Partnership thereto, subsequent

16



Holders, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 5 hereof. The Company and the Operating Partnership hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.
15.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
16.     Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.
17.     Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
18.     Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
19.     Company Common Stock Held by the Company, etc . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Company Common Stock is required hereunder, Company Common Stock held by the Company or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Company Common Stock if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Company Common Stock) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.


17



 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Name: Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES OP, L.P.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
American Residential GP LLC, as general partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
American Residential Properties, Inc., its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Name: Shant Koumriqian
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

18




The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on behalf of themselves and the several Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule 1  to the Purchase Agreement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Tom Boyle
 
 
 
 
Name: Tom Boyle
 
 
 
 
Title: Executive Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Greg Wright
 
 
 
 
Name: Greg Wright
 
 
 
 
Title: Managing Director


[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


19